WO2012081679A1 - Front panel for display purposes, and display device - Google Patents

Front panel for display purposes, and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2012081679A1
WO2012081679A1 PCT/JP2011/079095 JP2011079095W WO2012081679A1 WO 2012081679 A1 WO2012081679 A1 WO 2012081679A1 JP 2011079095 W JP2011079095 W JP 2011079095W WO 2012081679 A1 WO2012081679 A1 WO 2012081679A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
refractive index
layer
buffer layer
display
front plate
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2011/079095
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
隆佳 二連木
智宏 竹安
角野 友信
浩次 新井
本間 聡
Original Assignee
大日本印刷株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大日本印刷株式会社 filed Critical 大日本印刷株式会社
Publication of WO2012081679A1 publication Critical patent/WO2012081679A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133502Antiglare, refractive index matching layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/11Anti-reflection coatings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/133308Support structures for LCD panels, e.g. frames or bezels
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • B32B2307/412Transparent
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • B32B2307/418Refractive
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • B32B2457/202LCD, i.e. liquid crystal displays
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/133308Support structures for LCD panels, e.g. frames or bezels
    • G02F1/133331Cover glasses
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F2201/00Constructional arrangements not provided for in groups G02F1/00 - G02F7/00
    • G02F2201/50Protective arrangements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a display front plate disposed on an observer side with respect to a display unit.
  • the present invention also relates to a display device including a display unit and a display front plate.
  • a display front plate for protecting a display unit on the viewer side of a display unit such as a liquid crystal display (hereinafter also referred to as LCD) or a plasma display (hereinafter also referred to as PDP).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • PDP plasma display
  • an antireflection film or an antireflection film may be installed on the outermost surface of the display front plate (see, for example, FIGS. 6B and 6C of Patent Document 1).
  • This anti-reflective film is an anti-reflective material for base films such as TAC (cellulose triacetate flakes as the main raw material, methylene chloride as solvent, triphenyl phosphate as plasticizer) film and PET (polyethylene terephthalate) film. It consists of the thing which applied.
  • the transparent substrate 20 is prepared (see FIG. 54A).
  • the roll-shaped base film 85 is spread (see FIG. 54B), and the antireflection material 30 ′ is coated on one surface of the base film 85.
  • the antireflection material 30 ′ is dried and then exposed to prepare an antireflection film.
  • the base film 85 is affixed on the transparent substrate 20 through adhesive layers, such as an adhesive agent and a tape (refer FIG.54 (d). In the figure, the said adhesive agent and tape are not described). Thereafter, the antireflection film protruding from the transparent substrate 20 is cut (see FIG. 54E).
  • a layer having a low light refractive index is used as a layer constituting the outermost surface of the antireflection film or antireflection film.
  • the thickness of the antireflection film and the layers constituting the antireflection film is generally smaller than 1 ⁇ 4 of the wavelength of visible light.
  • a low refractive index layer having a refractive index in the range of 1.20 to 1.55 and a thickness in the range of 50 to 200 nm is used as a layer constituting the outermost surface of the antireflection film. The example used is shown.
  • the low refractive index layer located on the outermost surface of the antireflection film of the display front plate is required not only to have a low light refractive index but also to have high scratch resistance.
  • the present invention provides a display front plate disposed on the viewer side with respect to the display unit, a support member including at least a transparent substrate, and a buffer layer provided on the viewer side or the display unit side of the support member, An antireflective film provided on the buffer layer, the antireflective film has a low refractive index layer located on the outermost surface, and the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer is that of the support member
  • the refractive index of the transparent substrate is smaller than the refractive index of the buffer layer
  • the refractive index of the buffer layer is larger than the refractive index of the low refractive index layer
  • the thickness of the buffer layer is the low refractive index layer. It is the display front board characterized by being larger than the thickness of this.
  • the scratch resistance of the low refractive index layer is low, the stress applied from the outside to the low refractive index layer can be relaxed by the buffer layer.
  • the scratch resistance of the entire laminate comprising the antireflection film and the buffer layer thereby preventing the antireflection film from being damaged by external stress.
  • the thickness of the low refractive index layer is in the range of 90 to 120 nm, and the thickness of the buffer layer is 0.5 ⁇ m or more.
  • the Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed in with a load of 5 mN is in the range of 50 to 100, and the ratio of the elastic deformation amount of the buffer layer to the total deformation amount of the buffer layer at that time is 0 .55 or more.
  • the Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer with a load of 5 mN is in the range of 60 to 90, and the buffer layer with respect to the total deformation amount of the buffer layer at that time
  • the ratio of the amount of elastic deformation is 0.60 or more.
  • the buffer layer may be provided directly on the observer side of the transparent substrate of the support member.
  • the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer is smaller than 1.35.
  • the low refractive index layer may include a binder resin portion and a plurality of hollow fillers dispersed in the binder resin portion.
  • the antireflection film provided on the buffer layer provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate of the support member is provided on the display unit side of the low refractive index layer.
  • a high refractive index layer may be further included.
  • the light refractive index of the high refractive index layer is larger than the light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the light refractive index of the buffer layer and the light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member is 0.03 or less.
  • the display front plate according to the present invention may further include an additional buffer layer provided on the display unit side of the support member, and an additional antireflection film provided on the display unit side of the additional buffer layer.
  • the additional antireflection film has an additional low refractive index layer positioned on the outermost surface on the display unit side, and the optical refractive index of the additional low refractive index layer is the optical refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member.
  • the thickness of the additional low refractive index layer is in the range of 90 to 120 nm, the thickness of the additional buffer layer is 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and 5 mN relative to the additional buffer layer.
  • the Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed in with a load of 50 to 100 is in the range of 50 to 100, and the ratio of the elastic deformation amount of the additional buffer layer to the total deformation amount of the additional buffer layer at that time is 0. 55 or more.
  • the display front plate according to the present invention may further include an additional antireflection film provided on the display portion side of the support member.
  • the additional antireflection film has an additional low refractive index layer located on the outermost surface on the display unit side, and the optical refractive index of the additional low refractive index layer is the light refraction of the transparent substrate of the support member. Smaller than the refractive index and larger than the optical refractive index of the low refractive index layer of the antireflection film, and the thickness of the additional low refractive index layer is in the range of 90 to 120 nm.
  • the additional antireflection film may further include an additional high refractive index layer provided on an observer side of the additional low refractive index layer.
  • the optical refractive index of the additional high refractive index layer is larger than the optical refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member.
  • the buffer layer may be provided directly on the display portion side of the transparent substrate of the support member.
  • the antireflection film provided on the buffer layer may further include a high refractive index layer provided on the observer side of the low refractive index layer.
  • the light refractive index of the high refractive index layer is larger than the light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member.
  • the absolute value of the difference between the light refractive index of the buffer layer and the light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member is 0.03 or less.
  • the display front plate according to the present invention may further include a touch panel sensor including a sensor unit.
  • the sensor unit may be formed on the surface of the support member on the observer side or the surface of the display unit.
  • a signal processing unit may be connected to the sensor unit.
  • the display front plate according to the present invention may further include a polarizing plate positioned closer to the display unit than the transparent substrate of the support member.
  • the display front plate according to the present invention may further include a color filter positioned closer to the display unit than the transparent substrate of the support member.
  • the display front plate according to the present invention may further include an observer-side adhesive layer provided on the observer side of the antireflection film.
  • the display front plate according to the present invention may further include a protective layer provided on the observer side of the observer-side adhesive layer.
  • the display front plate according to the present invention may further include a display unit side adhesive layer located on the outermost surface on the display unit side.
  • the present invention comprises: a display unit that emits light for displaying an image to the viewer side; and a display front plate disposed on the viewer side with respect to the display unit, wherein the display front plate is A buffer layer provided on the observer side or the display unit side of the support member including at least the transparent substrate, and an antireflection film provided on the buffer layer, and the antireflection film is located on the outermost surface.
  • a low refractive index layer wherein the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer is smaller than the light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member, and the light refractive index of the buffer layer is the low refractive index layer
  • the thickness of the buffer layer is larger than the thickness of the low refractive index layer.
  • the display unit may include a touch panel sensor including a sensor unit.
  • the display unit may further include a color filter.
  • the touch panel sensor may be formed integrally with the color filter.
  • the display front plate may include a touch panel sensor including a sensor unit.
  • the sensor unit may be formed on a viewer side surface or a display unit side surface of the transparent substrate of the support member of the display front plate.
  • a display front plate having high scratch resistance can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a view showing a method for manufacturing the display front plate according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining the total deformation amount and elastic deformation amount of the buffer layer.
  • 4A and 4B are views showing a state in which the pressing body is pushed into the display front plate according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • 5A (a) and 5 (b) are views showing a state in which the pressing body is pushed into the display front plate according to the first comparative embodiment.
  • FIGS. 5B (a) and 5 (b) are views showing a state in which the pressing body is pushed into the display front plate according to the second comparative embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is an enlarged view showing a low refractive index layer of the antireflection film in the display front plate according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a sectional view showing a display device according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a sectional view showing a display device according to a modification of the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a display device including a design portion.
  • FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing a display front plate according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 11 further includes a protective layer.
  • FIG. 13 is sectional drawing which shows the display front board by the modification of the 5th Embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view showing a display front plate according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view showing a display front plate according to a modification of the sixth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention. 17 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an example in which the display device illustrated in FIG. 16 further includes an adhesive layer.
  • 18A is a plan view illustrating an example of a touch panel sensor.
  • 18B is a cross-sectional view of the touch panel sensor of FIG. 18A viewed from the XVIIIB-XVIIIB direction.
  • 18C is a cross-sectional view of the touch panel sensor of FIG. 18A viewed from the XVIIIC-XVIIIC direction.
  • 19 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an example in which the touch panel sensor illustrated in FIG. 16 includes a signal processing unit.
  • 20 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an example in which the touch panel sensor illustrated in FIG. 17 includes a signal processing unit.
  • FIG. 21 is a sectional view showing a display device according to an eighth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a sectional view showing a display device according to an eighth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view showing an LCD panel of a display unit.
  • FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display device shown in FIG. 21 further includes an optical compensation film.
  • FIG. 24 is a diagram showing an example of an intermediate product used for forming a display device.
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram illustrating an example of an intermediate product used to form a display device.
  • FIG. 26 is a diagram illustrating an example of an intermediate product used for forming a display device.
  • FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification of the intermediate product shown in FIG. 31 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification of the intermediate product shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a touch panel sensor integrated color filter.
  • 33 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device including the touch panel sensor integrated color filter shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to a ninth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 35 is a diagram showing an example of an intermediate product used for forming a display device.
  • FIG. 36 is a sectional view showing a display front plate according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 37 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a display device including a display front plate having a touch panel sensor.
  • FIG. 38 is a sectional view showing a display front plate according to a modification of the tenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 39 is a sectional view showing a display front plate according to a modification of the tenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 40 is a cross-sectional view showing a display front plate according to a modification of the tenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • 41 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 36 further includes a polarizing plate.
  • FIG. 42 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 41 further has a color filter.
  • FIG. 38 is a sectional view showing a display front plate according to a modification of the tenth embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 39 is a sectional view showing a display front plate according to
  • FIG. 43 is a cross-sectional view showing a display front plate formed integrally with a sensor portion in an eleventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • 44 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 43 further has an adhesive layer.
  • FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 43 further has a signal processing unit.
  • FIG. 46 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 44 further has a signal processing unit.
  • 47 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 45 further includes a polarizing plate.
  • FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 47 further has a color filter.
  • FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to a modification of the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 50 is a sectional view showing a display device according to a modification of the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 51A is a cross-sectional view showing a display front plate according to a modification of the eleventh embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 51B is a cross-sectional view showing one embodiment of the sensor portion and the buffer layer of the display front plate shown in FIG. 51A.
  • FIG. 52A is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the support member further includes an invisible layer provided on the transparent substrate.
  • FIG. 52B is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the support member further includes a guard layer provided on the transparent substrate.
  • FIG. 53 is a diagram showing an evaluation result of scratch resistance in an additional example.
  • FIG. 54 is a cross-sectional view showing a method for manufacturing a display front plate using an antireflection film.
  • the display device 70 includes a display unit 50 that generates light for displaying an image and emits the generated light toward an observer, such as an LCD, a PDP, and an organic EL.
  • the display front plate 40 is disposed on the viewer side with respect to the display unit 50.
  • the display unit 50 and the display front plate 40 may be partitioned into a display area for displaying an image and a non-display area located at the periphery of the display area.
  • the display front plate 40 is provided to protect the display unit 50.
  • the display front plate 40 includes a transparent substrate 20 having a substantially rectangular shape, a buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, and an antireflection film 30 provided on the observer side of the buffer layer 60. It is equipped with.
  • the transparent substrate 20 functions as a protective member that protects the display unit 50 and also functions as a support member that supports the buffer layer 60.
  • the antireflection film 30 is the outermost layer (film) on the viewer side.
  • film is a concept including members and parts that can also be called layers.
  • the material of the transparent substrate 20 is not particularly limited as long as the light from the display unit 50 can be extracted to the outside.
  • glass, polymer, or the like is used as a material for the transparent substrate 20 in consideration of light transmittance, durability, and the like.
  • glass is used as the material of the transparent substrate 20, and its optical refractive index is, for example, 1.50.
  • the thickness of the transparent substrate 20 is appropriately set according to the strength required for the display front plate 40, the dimensions of the display unit 50, and the like, but is in the range of 0.1 to 1.5 mm, for example.
  • the light refractive index is the refractive index for light having a wavelength of 550 nm.
  • the method for measuring the refractive index is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of calculating from a spectral reflection spectrum, a method of measuring using an ellipsometer, and an Abbe method.
  • An example of the ellipsometer is UVSEL manufactured by Joban-Evon.
  • the refractive index in this case is a value measured with DF1030R manufactured by Techno Synergy.
  • the thickness specified in this specification is a thickness obtained by a general measurement method. For example, as a method for measuring the thickness, there are a stylus type method for calculating the thickness by tracing the surface with a stylus and detecting an unevenness, an optical method for calculating the thickness based on the spectral reflection spectrum, and the like. it can.
  • the thickness was measured using a stylus film thickness meter P-15 manufactured by KLA-Tencor Corporation.
  • the average value of the thickness measurement result in several places of the member used as object may be used.
  • the antireflection film 30 is a film provided to reduce reflection of external light on the outermost surface on the viewer side of the display device 70. As shown in FIG. 1, the antireflection film 30 has a low refractive index layer 31 located on the outermost surface on the viewer side.
  • the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 is smaller than the light refractive index of the transparent substrate 20 in order to reduce reflection of external light in the antireflection film 30.
  • the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 is smaller than 1.50 which is the light refractive index of the transparent substrate 20 made of glass, and preferably smaller than 1.35. Yes. Thereby, reflection of external light in the antireflection film 30 can be reduced.
  • the material constituting such a low refractive index layer 31 is not particularly limited as long as it has optical transparency and a desired optical refractive index is realized, and a known material is used.
  • a fluororesin such as polychlorotrifluoroethylene (PCTFE), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), tetrafluoroethylene / hexafluoropropylene copolymer (FEP), or the like is used. it can.
  • a low refractive index layer containing a fluorine-containing vinyl monomer polymerization unit and a polymerization unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain as disclosed in JP-A-2005-43749 is used. May be.
  • the thickness of the low refractive index layer 31 is substantially smaller than 1 ⁇ 4 of the wavelength of visible light.
  • the thickness of the low refractive index layer 31 is in the range of 90 to 120 nm. This can prevent light interference in the low refractive index layer 31.
  • the buffer layer 60 is provided to relieve the stress when an external stress is applied to the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30.
  • the buffer layer 60 has a predetermined elastic deformation characteristic and a predetermined hardness. For this reason, while the stress is applied to the low refractive index layer 31, the buffer layer 60 is elastically deformed so that the stress applied to the low refractive index layer 31 can be appropriately relaxed, and the stress is removed. After that, the shape of the buffer layer 60 is elastically restored to the original shape, whereby the shape of the low refractive index layer 31 can be substantially restored. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the low refractive index layer 31 from being broken and the low refractive index layer 31 from being left depressed.
  • the light refractive index of the buffer layer 60 is set to be larger than the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30.
  • the buffer layer 60 is configured such that the light refractive index of the buffer layer 60 is larger than the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31, thereby providing the buffer layer 60 with greater scratch resistance than the low refractive index layer 31. can do.
  • the low refractive index layer 31 can be prevented from being broken, and the low refractive index layer 31 can be kept from being depressed.
  • the thickness of the buffer layer 60 is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more.
  • the stress applied to the low refractive index layer 31 can be moderated appropriately.
  • the Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer 60 with a load of 5 mN is preferably in the range of 50 to 100, more preferably in the range of 60 to 90. Thereby, an appropriate strength can be imparted to the buffer layer 60.
  • the Vickers hardness is a Vickers hardness defined in JIS Z 2244, and is measured, for example, as follows.
  • a buffer layer 60 having a thickness of 2.5 ⁇ m is provided on a suitable substrate, for example, a glass plate having a thickness of 1.1 mm.
  • a Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer 60 with a load of 5 mN.
  • the loading time, holding time, and weight loss time of the Vickers indenter are, for example, 20 seconds, 5 seconds, and 20 seconds, respectively.
  • the area of the dent formed in the buffer layer 60 is measured. Such measurement is performed a plurality of times, for example, three times, and the Vickers hardness of the buffer layer 60 is calculated based on the average value of the measured area of the recesses.
  • the ratio of the elastic deformation amount of the buffer layer 60 to the total deformation amount of the buffer layer 60 when the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer 60 with a load of 5 mN as described above is 0.55 or more. More preferably, it is 0.60 or more. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the low refractive index layer 31 from being broken and the low refractive index layer 31 from being left depressed.
  • the “ratio of elastic deformation” is calculated as follows.
  • the buffer layer 60 When the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer 60 with a load of 5 mN, the buffer layer 60 is deformed by drawing a hysteresis curve (indentation load-deformation amount) as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, after the buffer layer 60 is deformed from the initial point O 1 where the indentation load is “0” to the intermediate point O 2 where the indentation load is 5 mN, a predetermined distance from the intermediate point O 2 to the intermediate point O 3 is obtained. The indentation load of 5 mN is held for the holding time, and then the indentation load is released. Thereby, finally, the deformation amount of the buffer layer 60 reaches the final point O 4 .
  • a hysteresis curve indentation load-deformation amount
  • the deformation amount of the final point O 4 is “0”, but actually the buffer layer 60 is not a complete elastic body, and at the final point O 4 .
  • the amount of deformation remains as a positive amount. This amount is the amount of plastic deformation. If the amount of deformation at the time when the indentation by the Vickers indenter is finished (intermediate point O 3 ) is the total amount of deformation, the amount obtained by subtracting the amount of plastic deformation from this total amount of deformation The amount of elastic deformation. Using the respective deformation amounts thus defined, the “ratio of elastic deformation amount” is defined as (elastic deformation amount) / (total deformation amount).
  • the measuring device for measuring the above-mentioned Vickers hardness, total deformation amount, and elastic deformation amount in the buffer layer 60 is not particularly limited.
  • a microhardness meter device name: Fisherscope H-100 Fisher Instruments Co., Ltd.
  • the Vickers indenter, measuring instrument, and analysis software included in the measuring device are, for example, as follows.
  • Indenter Diamond pyramid indenter (tip facing angle 136 °)
  • Measuring instrument HU-100 (Fisher Instruments Inc.)
  • Analysis software WIN-HCU (Fisher Instruments Inc.) Based on the result of evaluating the physical properties of the buffer layer 60 using such a measuring device, the ratio of the elastic deformation amount and the Vickers hardness are calculated by the analysis software.
  • the light refractive index of the buffer layer 60 is set so that the absolute value of the difference from the light refractive index of the transparent substrate 20 is 0.03 or less.
  • the optical refractive index of the buffer layer 60 is set within a range of 1.47 to 1.53. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent light from being reflected at the interface between the buffer layer 60 and the transparent substrate 20.
  • the material of the buffer layer 60 is selected so as to have a predetermined light transmittance and satisfy the above-described characteristics.
  • an acrylic resin, an epoxy resin, a novolac resin, or the like is used as a material for the buffer layer 60.
  • examples of the acrylic resin include urethane acrylate, epoxy acrylate, polyester acrylate, polyol acrylate, polyether acrylate, and melamine acrylate.
  • the method for obtaining the resin used as the material of the buffer layer 60 is not particularly limited.
  • it can be obtained by blending a photopolymerization initiator with an organic material such as a monomer, oligomer, or polymer that can form the resin.
  • a urethane acrylate resin is obtained by reacting a polyester polyol with an isocyanate monomer or a prepolymer, and reacting the resulting product with an acrylate or methacrylate monomer having a hydroxyl group.
  • a photoinitiator a benzophenone derivative, an acetophenone derivative, an anthraquinone derivative etc. are used individually or in combination, for example.
  • a transparent substrate 20 is prepared (see FIG. 2A).
  • the buffer layer 60 is formed on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20 (the upper side in FIG. 2B).
  • a specific method for forming the buffer layer 60 is not particularly limited.
  • the buffer layer 60 can be formed by applying a coating solution containing a material for the buffer layer 60 onto the transparent substrate 20.
  • the coating solution may be applied over the entire area of the transparent substrate 20 by a wet method such as a die coating method, a spin coating method, or a dip coating method, or may be applied in a spot shape on the transparent substrate 20 by an inkjet method. Also good.
  • a coating method a known printing method such as gravure printing, offset printing, silk screen printing, or the like may be used.
  • a coating liquid is comprised by mixing solid content which consists of the material for the above-mentioned buffer layers 60, and a suitable solvent.
  • the ratio of the solid content to the entire coating solution is appropriately set depending on the coating method, but is preferably in the range of 5 to 30% by weight, and more preferably about 20% by weight.
  • a sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 may be prepared and attached to the transparent substrate 20 via an adhesive layer such as an adhesive or a tape. In this case, the buffer layer 60 protruding from the transparent substrate 20 may be appropriately cut.
  • the buffer layer 60 when the buffer layer 60 is formed by apply
  • “directly” means that the buffer layer 60 is at least partially in contact with the surface of the transparent substrate 20.
  • the low refractive index layer 31 is formed on the observer side of the buffer layer 60 (see FIG. 2C). Thereby, the antireflection film 30 made of the low refractive index layer 31 is formed on the observer side of the buffer layer 60.
  • the specific method for forming the low refractive index layer 31 is not particularly limited.
  • the low refractive index layer 31 can be formed by applying a coating solution containing a material for the low refractive index layer 31 on the buffer layer 60.
  • the coating solution may be applied over the entire area of the buffer layer 60 by a wet method such as a die coating method, a spin coating method, or a dip coating method, or is applied to the buffer layer 60 in a dot shape by an inkjet method. Also good.
  • a coating method a known printing method such as gravure printing, offset printing, silk screen printing, or the like may be used.
  • the coating solution is configured by mixing a solid content made of the material for the low refractive index layer 31 and an appropriate solvent. The ratio of the solid content with respect to the entire coating solution is appropriately set depending on the coating method, but is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 10% by weight, more preferably in the range of 1 to 5% by weight.
  • a sheet-like or film-like low refractive index layer 31 may be prepared and attached to the buffer layer 60 through an adhesive layer such as an adhesive or a tape.
  • the low refractive index layer 31 protruding from the transparent substrate 20 may be appropriately cut.
  • the low refractive index layer 31 is formed by applying a coating liquid containing a material for the low refractive index layer 31 on the buffer layer 60, the low refractive index layer 31 is provided directly on the buffer layer 60. Will be.
  • “directly” means that the low refractive index layer 31 is at least partially in contact with the surface of the buffer layer 60.
  • the buffer layer 60 or the low refractive index layer 31 is formed by a wet method, the buffer layer 60 or the low refractive index layer 31 is exposed after being dried, heated after being dried, or dried. Then, it is cured by being exposed and heated, or only dried.
  • the material for the buffer layer 60 or the material for the low refractive index layer 31 contains an ultraviolet curable resin
  • curing is achieved by exposing the buffer layer 60 or the low refractive index layer 31.
  • the patternability based on exposure and development may be implement
  • the thermosetting resin is contained in the material for the buffer layer 60 or the material for the low refractive index layer 31, curing is achieved by heating the buffer layer 60 or the low refractive index layer 31.
  • the transparent substrate 20, the buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, and the antireflection film 30 provided on the observer side of the buffer layer 60 are provided before display.
  • the face plate 40 is manufactured.
  • the display device 70 is manufactured by arranging and attaching the display front plate 40 thus manufactured to the viewer side of the display unit 50 (see FIG. 1).
  • FIGS. 4A and 4B are diagrams for explaining the effect of the present embodiment, and are diagrams showing a state in which the pressing body 80 is pushed into the display front plate 40 according to the present embodiment.
  • FIGS. 5A (a) and 5 (b) are views showing a state in which the pressing body 80 is pushed into the display front plate 90 according to the first comparative embodiment, and FIGS. 5B (a) and 5 (b) show the second comparison. It is a figure which shows a mode that the press body 80 is pushed in into the display front board 95 by the form.
  • a display front plate 90 according to a first comparison mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 5A (a) and 5 (b).
  • the display front plate 90 according to the first comparative embodiment is different only in that the buffer layer 60 is not provided, and the other configuration is the display front plate according to the present embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 and 2. 40.
  • FIG. 5A (a) is a diagram showing the display front plate 90 in a state where the pressing body 80 is pushed in
  • FIG. 5A (b) shows the display front plate 90 after the pressing body 80 is removed.
  • FIG. As shown in FIGS. 5A (a) and 5 (b), the display front plate 90 is not provided with the buffer layer 60.
  • the transparent substrate 20 is made of a hard material such as glass. For this reason, the stress applied to the low refractive index layer 31 from the pressing body 80 is not relieved, and therefore, as shown in FIGS. 5A (a) and 5 (b), the fracture portion 91 is formed in the low refractive index layer 31. Can be considered.
  • the ratio of the Vickers hardness and the amount of elastic deformation of the buffer layer 97 of the display front plate 95 is the buffer layer 60 of the display front plate 40 according to the present embodiment. It is smaller than the ratio of the Vickers hardness and the amount of elastic deformation.
  • FIG. 5B (a) is a diagram showing the display front plate 95 in a state where the pressing body 80 is pushed in
  • FIG. 5B (b) shows the display front plate 95 after the pressing body 80 is removed.
  • FIG. 5B (a) the display front plate 95 is provided with a buffer layer 97. Therefore, the stress applied from the pressing body 80 to the low refractive index layer 31 can be relaxed.
  • the ratio of the Vickers hardness and the amount of elastic deformation of the buffer layer 97 is smaller than the ratio of the Vickers hardness and the amount of elastic deformation of the buffer layer 60 of the display front plate 40 according to the present embodiment. For this reason, after the pressing body 80 is removed, the shape of the buffer layer 97 is not restored, and the recess 96 is formed in the buffer layer 97 and the low refractive index layer 31 as shown in FIG. 5B (b). It remains.
  • the buffer layer 60 is interposed between the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30 and the transparent substrate 20 .
  • the buffer layer 60 has a thickness of 0.5 ⁇ m or more. Further, the Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer 60 with a load of 5 mN is in the range of 50 to 100, and the buffer layer 60 with respect to the total deformation amount of the buffer layer 60 at that time. The ratio of the amount of elastic deformation is 0.55 or more. For this reason, as shown to Fig.4 (a), the stress applied to the low-refractive-index layer 31 from the press body 80 can be relieve
  • the optical refractive index of the buffer layer 60 is set so that the absolute value of the difference from the optical refractive index of the transparent substrate 20 is 0.03 or less. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress an increase in light reflection due to the provision of the buffer layer 60 between the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30 and the transparent substrate 20.
  • the buffer layer 60 is provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20 and the antireflection film 30 is provided on the observer side of the buffer layer 60. It was. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and as shown in FIG. 49, the buffer layer 60 is provided on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20, and the antireflection film 30 is provided on the display unit 50 side of the buffer layer 60. Also good. In this case, as shown in FIG. 49, the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30 is located on the outermost surface of the antireflection film 30 on the display unit 50 side.
  • the “observer side” means a surface facing the observer when the display front plate 40 is arranged with respect to the display unit 50.
  • the “display unit side” means a surface facing the display unit 50 when the display front plate 40 is arranged with respect to the display unit 50.
  • the antireflection film 30 of the display front plate 40 can prevent light from the display unit 50 from being reflected on the display unit 50 side of the display front plate 40, and as a result, the display The light transmittance in the front plate 40 can be improved. Further, the stress applied to the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30 during the manufacturing process of the display device 70 can be appropriately relaxed by the buffer layer 60. Thereby, the antireflection film 30 can be prevented from being damaged.
  • FIG. 6 is an enlarged view showing the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30 in the display front plate 40 according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
  • the low refractive index layer 31 includes a binder resin portion 31a and a plurality of hollow fillers 31b dispersed in the binder resin portion 31a.
  • the hollow filler 31b is filled with air or the like. For this reason, the optical refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 as a whole is lower than that when the low refractive index layer 31 is composed only of the binder resin portion 31a. It has become.
  • the material of the binder resin portion 31a is not particularly limited, for example, the fluororesin mentioned as the material of the low refractive index layer 31 in the above-described first embodiment is appropriately used.
  • the hollow filler 31b hollow glass beads or the like are used.
  • the volume ratios of the binder resin portion 31a and the hollow filler 31b in the low refractive index layer 31 are appropriately set so that the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 as a whole is smaller than 1.35.
  • the optical refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 as a whole is obtained by multiplying the optical refractive index of the binder resin portion 31a by the volume ratio of the binder resin portion 31a and the optical refractive index of the hollow filler 31b. It is derived by adding the value calculated by multiplying the volume ratio of the hollow filler 31b.
  • the low refractive index layer 31 includes a binder resin portion 31a and a plurality of hollow fillers 31b dispersed in the binder resin portion 31a. For this reason, the optical refractive index as the low refractive index layer 31 whole can be made lower. As a result, the effect of the antireflection film 30 preventing reflection of external light can be further enhanced.
  • the buffer layer 60 is interposed between the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30 and the transparent substrate 20. For this reason, even when the low refractive index layer 31 having low scratch resistance such as the hollow filler 31b is used, the buffer layer 60 relieves stress applied to the low refractive index layer 31 from the outside. be able to. This can prevent the antireflection film 30 from being damaged by external stress.
  • FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
  • the third embodiment shown in FIG. 7 is different only in that the antireflection film further includes a high refractive index layer provided on the display unit side of the low refractive index layer. Or substantially the same as that of the first embodiment shown in FIGS.
  • the same parts as those in the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 4 (a) and (b) are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • the antireflection film 30 includes a low refractive index layer 31 located on the outermost surface on the viewer side, a high refractive index layer 32 provided on the display unit 50 side of the low refractive index layer 31, and Is included.
  • the optical refractive index of the high refractive index layer 32 is larger than the optical refractive indexes of the transparent substrate 20 and the low refractive index layer 31.
  • the optical refractive index of the high refractive index layer 32 is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the optical refractive indexes of the transparent substrate 20 and the low refractive index layer 31, but is in the range of 1.55 to 2.20, for example. .
  • a material constituting the high refractive index layer 32 a known material having a high light refractive index can be used, and for example, a material as disclosed in JP-A-2005-43749 can be used.
  • the thickness of the high refractive index layer 32 is in the range of 20 to 300 nm, for example.
  • the antireflection film 30 includes the low refractive index layer 31 and the high refractive index layer 32 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the antireflection film 30 may include other various layers.
  • a medium refractive index layer (not shown) having a light refractive index larger than the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 and smaller than the light refractive index of the high refractive index layer 32 is used. It may be provided on the display unit 50 side.
  • an undercoat layer, a hard coat layer, or the like may be provided on the outermost surface of the antireflection film 30 on the display unit 50 side.
  • the buffer layer 60 is provided on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20
  • the antireflection film 30 may be provided on the display unit 50 side of the buffer layer 60.
  • the high refractive index layer 32 of the antireflective film 30 is provided on the observer side of the low refractive index layer 31.
  • FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
  • the display front plate includes an additional buffer layer provided on the display unit side of the transparent substrate, an additional antireflection film provided on the display unit side of the additional buffer layer,
  • the other configuration is substantially the same as that of the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 4A and 4B.
  • the same parts as those in the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 4 (a) and (b) are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • the display front plate 40 includes a buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, an antireflection film 30 provided on the observer side of the buffer layer 60, and the transparent substrate 20.
  • the additional buffer layer 65 provided on the display unit 50 side, and the additional antireflection film 35 provided on the display unit 50 side of the additional buffer layer 65 are provided.
  • the additional antireflection film 35 has an additional low refractive index layer 36 located on the outermost surface on the display unit 50 side.
  • the additional buffer layer 65, the additional antireflective film 35, and the additional low refractive index layer 36 are substantially the same as the buffer layer 60, the antireflective film 30, and the low refractive index layer 31 in the first embodiment. Is omitted.
  • the additional antireflection film 35 is provided not only on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20 but also on the display unit 50 side.
  • the display front plate 40 not only prevents external light from being reflected on the viewer side of the display front plate 40, but also the light from the display unit 50 on the display unit 50 side of the display front plate 40. It can prevent reflection.
  • the additional buffer layer 65 is interposed between the transparent substrate 20 and the additional antireflection film 35, whereby the additional antireflection film 35 can be prevented from being damaged.
  • the antireflection film 30 is composed of only the low refractive index layer 31 and the additional antireflection film 35 is composed of only the additional low refractive index layer 36.
  • the antireflection film 30 or the additional antireflection film 35 may include other various layers as in the case of the third embodiment described above.
  • a high refractive index layer 32 having a light refractive index larger than the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 may be provided on the display unit 50 side of the low refractive index layer 31.
  • an additional high refractive index layer 37 having a light refractive index larger than that of the additional low refractive index layer 36 may be provided on the viewer side of the additional low refractive index layer 36.
  • a design layer for improving design properties may be appropriately formed.
  • the design layer 10 may be formed in a non-display area on the viewer side of the display front plate 40.
  • a hard coat layer or an undercoat layer for protecting the transparent substrate 20 or the buffer layer 60 may be provided between the transparent substrate 20 and the buffer layer 60. Good.
  • FIGS. 11 to 13 differs only in that the display front plate further has an adhesive layer, and the other configurations are the first shown in FIGS. 1 to 4A and 4B. This is substantially the same as the embodiment.
  • the display front plate 40 according to the present embodiment is the same as the display front plate 40 manufactured at one manufacturer or the manufacturing site. It is configured assuming that it is combined with a protective layer or the like.
  • the display front plate 40 includes a transparent substrate 20, a buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, and an observer side of the buffer layer 60. And an adhesive layer (observer side adhesive layer) 100 provided on the observer side of the antireflection film 30.
  • the antireflection film 30 has a low refractive index layer 31 located on the outermost surface on the viewer side.
  • the phrase “low refractive index layer 31 positioned on the outermost surface on the viewer side” means that when the antireflection film 30 is composed of a plurality of layers, the layer positioned on the outermost surface on the viewer side among these layers. Means that the low refractive index layer 31 is formed.
  • the phrase “low refractive index layer 31 positioned on the outermost surface on the viewer side” is a form in which other layers such as the adhesive layer 100 are further provided on the viewer side of the antireflection film 30 on the display front plate 40. Is not excluded.
  • the adhesive layer 100 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20 is a layer provided for bringing the display front plate 40 into close contact with a member such as a protective layer that can be disposed on the viewer side of the display front plate 40.
  • a member such as a protective layer that can be disposed on the viewer side of the display front plate 40.
  • the material constituting the adhesive layer 100 is appropriately selected according to the member combined with the display front plate 40 and the usage environment of the display front plate 40.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive silicone pressure-sensitive adhesive
  • a polyorganosiloxane composition having a desired plasticity for example, a polyorganosiloxane composition described in JP-A-2004-212521
  • an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive for example, special A transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet made of an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-348546 is used as the adhesive layer 100.
  • Such a transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is, for example, a sheet obtained by crosslinking an acrylic ester copolymer with an epoxy-based, isocyanate-based, melamine-based or metal compound-based crosslinking agent, or an ultraviolet curable acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. It is obtained by processing.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer 100 is appropriately selected according to the material used, the member combined with the display front plate 40, the usage environment of the display front plate 40, and the like, but is within the range of 1 to 200 ⁇ m, for example. .
  • the adhesive layer 100 of the display front plate 40 may be covered with a film made of PET or the like. As a result, the adhesive force of the adhesive layer 100 can be prevented from deteriorating, and the handling of the display front plate 40 can be improved.
  • a protective layer 105 may be provided in advance on the viewer side of the adhesive layer 100 provided on the viewer side of the antireflection film 30.
  • This protective layer 105 is a layer provided with the intention of preventing fragments of the transparent substrate 20 from scattering even if the transparent substrate 20 of the display front plate 40 is damaged.
  • the material of the protective layer 105 include a photo-curing resin type, a thermosetting resin type, a two-component mixed reaction liquid type, and a double-sided adhesive seal type material. Among these, in the photo-curing resin type, a radical curing material or a cationic curing material is used.
  • the radical curable materials include acrylic, ene / thiol, and vinyl ether materials
  • the cationic curable materials include epoxy, oxetane, and vinyl ether materials.
  • Thermosetting resin type materials include epoxy-based, phenol-based, and polyester-based materials.
  • the adhesive layer 100 may be positioned on the display unit side of the display front plate 40.
  • the display front plate 40 may have an adhesive layer (display unit side adhesive layer) 100 located on the outermost surface on the display unit side.
  • the antireflection film 30 is composed only of the low refractive index layer 31.
  • the antireflection film 30 may further include a high refractive index layer 32 as in the case of the third embodiment described above.
  • the display front plate 40 may further include an additional buffer layer 65 and an additional antireflection film 35.
  • the adhesive layer 100 may be provided on the display unit side of the additional antireflection film 35.
  • FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 differs only in that the additional low refractive index layer of the additional antireflection film is increased in hardness, and the other configuration is the fourth configuration shown in FIG. This is substantially the same as the embodiment.
  • the same parts as those in the fourth embodiment shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 the same parts as those in the fourth embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the display front plate 40 includes a buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, and an antireflection film 30 provided on the observer side of the buffer layer 60.
  • the additional buffer layer 65 provided on the display unit 50 side of the transparent substrate 20 and the additional antireflection film 35 provided on the display unit 50 side of the additional buffer layer 65 are provided.
  • the antireflection film 30 has a low refractive index layer 31 positioned on the outermost surface of the antireflection film 30 on the viewer side, and the additional antireflection film 35 is on the display unit side of the additional antireflection film 35.
  • an additional low refractive index layer 36A located on the outermost surface of the.
  • the present embodiment is characterized in that the scratch resistance of the additional low refractive index layer 36A of the additional antireflection film 35 is higher than the scratch resistance of the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30.
  • the scratch resistance of the additional low refractive index layer 36A of the additional antireflection film 35 is higher than the scratch resistance of the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30.
  • the transparent substrate 20 is prepared first, and then the first layer is formed on the upper side (one side) of the transparent substrate 20. Thereafter, the transparent substrate 20 on which the first layer is formed is turned upside down, and then the second layer is formed on the upper side (the other side) of the transparent substrate 20. Therefore, when the second layer is formed, the first layer is located below the transparent substrate 20. For this reason, while the second layer is formed, the first layer comes into contact with a manufacturing facility such as a transport table, and the first layer may be damaged during this period.
  • a manufacturing facility such as a transport table
  • the additional antireflection film 35, the buffer layer 60, and the additional buffer layer 65 are formed on the transparent substrate 20, first, on the upper side (display unit side) of the transparent substrate 20.
  • the additional buffer layer 65 and the additional antireflection film 35 are formed, then the transparent substrate 20 is turned upside down, and then the antireflection film 30 and the buffer layer 60 are formed on the upper side (observer side) of the transparent substrate 20.
  • the scratch resistance of the additional low refractive index layer 36 ⁇ / b> A of the additional antireflection film 35 is higher than the scratch resistance of the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30.
  • the additional low refractive index layer 36A of the additional antireflective film 35 is in contact with manufacturing equipment such as a transport table while the antireflection film 30 and the buffer layer 60 are formed, the additional low refractive index layer 36 is damaged. Can be prevented.
  • the optical refractive index of the additional low refractive index layer 36A is low refractive index. It is set to a value larger than the light refractive index of the refractive index layer 31 and smaller than the light refractive index of the transparent substrate 20, for example, 1.45. Thereby, it is possible to impart higher scratch resistance to the additional low refractive index layer 36 ⁇ / b> A than the low refractive index layer 31.
  • Such an additional low refractive index layer 36A is preferably a case where steel wool (No. 0000) loaded with 600 g is swept over the additional low refractive index layer 36A (10 reciprocations, 100 mm stroke).
  • the additional low refractive index layer 36A after sweeping has scratch resistance such that scratch marks are not visually recognized.
  • the additional low refractive index layer 36A is configured such that the reflectance of the additional low refractive index layer 36A is higher than the reflectance of the low refractive index layer 31, thereby reducing the scratch resistance of the additional low refractive index layer 36A. It can also be made higher than the scratch resistance of the rate layer 31.
  • the low refractive index layer 31 and the additional low refractive index layer 36A are set so that the reflectance of the low refractive index layer 31 is 1% or less and the reflectance of the additional low refractive index layer 36A is in the range of 1 to 2%. May be configured.
  • the additional antireflection film 35 having the additional low refractive index layer 36A with enhanced scratch resistance is used as described above, the scratch resistance of the display front plate 40 on the display unit side is determined by the additional low refractive index layer 36A. Sufficiently secured. Therefore, when the additional antireflection film 35 having the additional low refractive index layer 36A is used, the additional buffer layer 65 is not provided between the transparent substrate 20 and the additional antireflection film 35 as shown in FIG. Also good. Thereby, the formation process of the additional buffer layer 65 in the manufacturing process of the display front plate 40 can be reduced. Thus, the productivity of the display front plate 40 can be improved while ensuring the scratch resistance of the display front plate 40 on the display unit side.
  • the additional antireflection film 35 is composed of only the additional low refractive index layer 36A.
  • the additional antireflection film 35 may further include an additional high refractive index layer 37 as in the case of the modification of the fourth embodiment described above.
  • the antireflection film 30 may further include a high refractive index layer 32.
  • the adhesive layer 100 may be provided on the viewer side of the antireflection film 30 or the display unit side of the additional antireflection film 35.
  • the protective layer 105 may be provided on the observer side of the adhesive layer 100 provided on the observer side of the antireflection film 30.
  • FIGS. 16 to 20 The present embodiment shown in FIGS. 16 to 20 is different only in that the display unit of the display device has a touch panel sensor, and other configurations are the first shown in FIGS. 1 to 4A and 4B. This is substantially the same as the embodiment.
  • the seventh embodiment shown in FIG. 16 to FIG. 20 the same parts as those in the first embodiment shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 4A and FIG. To do.
  • the display device 70 includes a display unit 50 and a display front plate 40 arranged on the viewer side with respect to the display unit 50.
  • the display front plate 40 any one of the display front plates 40 shown in the first to sixth embodiments described above is appropriately used.
  • the display unit 50 is provided on the viewer side of the display unit 151 that emits light for displaying an image to the viewer side, and the display device 70 is on the viewer side.
  • a touch panel sensor 110 that detects a touch location when touched.
  • various types such as an LCD, a PDP, an organic EL, an inorganic EL, or a field emission type can be used as in the above-described embodiments.
  • the display front plate 40 and the display unit 50 when it is desired that the display front plate 40 and the display unit 50 be firmly attached, the display front plate 40 having the adhesive layer 100 positioned on the outermost surface on the display unit side is preferably used. Accordingly, the display front plate 40 and the display unit 50 are firmly adhered to each other, thereby preventing an air gap from being generated between the display front plate 40 and the display unit 50.
  • the display unit 50 may further include an adhesive layer 101 provided on the viewer side of the touch panel sensor 110. Since the display unit 50 has the adhesive layer 101 in advance, the display unit 50 and the display front plate 40 can be firmly adhered to each other, and the display unit 50 and the display front plate 40 are combined. Can be facilitated.
  • touch panel sensor 110 of the display unit 50 will be described in detail.
  • the type of touch panel sensor 110 included in display unit 50 is not particularly limited, and various types of touch panel sensor 110 can be used as appropriate.
  • a resistive touch panel sensor that detects a touch location based on a pressure from a detected object
  • a capacitive touch panel sensor that detects a touch location based on static electricity from a detected body such as a human body is used. Can be.
  • the optical sensor type touch panel sensor is provided with an optical sensor that receives light and performs photoelectric conversion, and is provided on the viewer side so as to face the optical sensor, and selectively transmits light in a specific wavelength range. And a permselective layer.
  • the optical sensor mainly receives light in a specific wavelength range that has passed through the selective transmission layer. And it detects that the to-be-detected body touched the display apparatus 70 from the observer side, when an optical sensor detects the reflected light from to-be-detected bodies, such as a finger.
  • the touch location is detected based on the reflected light from the detected object, so the detected object is not limited to a human body such as a finger, and various objects can be detected. It is possible to detect the touch location. Further details of such an optical sensor type touch panel sensor are described in, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication Nos. 2009-151039 and 2007-192713.
  • FIGS. 18A to 18C are plan views showing the capacitive touch panel sensor 110
  • FIG. 18B is a cross-sectional view of the touch panel sensor 110 of FIG. 18A viewed from the XVIIIB-XVIIIB direction
  • FIG. 18C is a touch panel of FIG. 18A. It is sectional drawing which looked at the sensor 110 from the XVIIIC-XVIIIC direction.
  • the capacitive touch panel sensor 110 includes a touch panel sensor substrate 116 and a plurality of x provided in a predetermined pattern on the viewer side surface of the touch panel sensor substrate 116.
  • the transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 are provided.
  • the x transparent conductive pattern 111 extends in the x direction
  • the y transparent conductive pattern 112 extends in the y direction orthogonal to the x direction.
  • Each x transparent conductive pattern 111 has a plurality of x electrode units 111a having a substantially square shape, and an x connection portion 111b that connects adjacent x electrode units 111a in the x direction.
  • an x transparent conductive pattern 111 the position in the y direction of the touch location of the detection object is detected.
  • Each of the y transparent conductive patterns 112 includes a plurality of y electrode units 112a having a substantially square shape, and a y connection portion 112b that connects adjacent y electrode units 112a in the y direction.
  • Such a y transparent conductive pattern 112 detects the position in the x direction of the touch location of the detection object.
  • the extraction wiring 113 and the extraction wiring 114 which are provided in a predetermined pattern and are electrically connected to the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112, respectively, and the extraction wiring 113 and the extraction wiring. Terminal portions 115 connected to the wiring 114 and for taking out signals from the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 to the outside are provided.
  • a sensor unit 120 that realizes a touch panel function of detecting a touch position and extracting a detection signal to the outside by a combination of the conductive patterns 111 and 112, the extraction wirings 113 and 114, and the terminal unit 115 described above. Is configured.
  • each of the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 is disposed in a display area for displaying an image. Therefore, each of the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 is made of a material having conductivity and transparency, such as ITO.
  • the extraction wiring 113, the extraction wiring 114, and the terminal portion 115 are arranged in a non-display area located at the periphery of the display area. For this reason, the material which comprises the extraction wiring 113, the extraction wiring 114, and the terminal part 115 does not need to have transparency. Therefore, the lead-out wiring 113, the lead-out wiring 114, and the terminal portion 115 are generally made of a metal material having a higher electrical conductivity than the materials of the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112.
  • the material of the touch panel sensor substrate 116 is not particularly limited as long as it supports the conductive patterns 111 and 112, the extraction wirings 113 and 114, and the terminal portion 115 and has transparency.
  • glass or polymer having transparency is used as the material for the touch panel sensor substrate 116.
  • the sensor unit 120 including the conductive patterns 111 and 112, the extraction wirings 113 and 114, and the terminal unit 115 is obtained by laminating ITO or a metal material on the touch panel sensor substrate 116. It is formed.
  • an insulating layer 117 is provided between the x connection part 111b and the y connection part 112b in order to prevent the x connection part 111b and the y connection part 112b from being electrically connected. It may be interposed.
  • a protective layer 119 for protecting the conductive patterns 111 and 112, the extraction wirings 113 and 114, and the terminal portion 115 may be provided.
  • the protective layer 119 a resin material having transparency and insulation is used as appropriate.
  • the display unit 50 of the display device 70 has the touch panel sensor 110.
  • a touch panel function can be given to the display device 70.
  • the display front plate 40 according to the first to sixth embodiments described above is provided on the viewer side of the touch panel sensor 110 of the display unit 50.
  • the touch panel sensor 110 can be appropriately protected by the display front plate 40, and the reflection of external light on the viewer side of the display device 70 can be prevented.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the sensor unit 120 may be provided on the display unit side surface of the touch panel sensor substrate 116.
  • a part of each component of the sensor unit 120 is provided on the surface of the touch panel sensor substrate 116 on the viewer side, and the other part of each component of the sensor unit 120 is on the display unit side of the touch panel sensor substrate 116. It may be provided on the surface.
  • the x transparent conductive pattern 111 may be provided on the surface of the touch panel sensor substrate 116 on the viewer side
  • the y transparent conductive pattern 112 may be provided on the surface of the touch panel sensor substrate 116 on the display unit side.
  • the touch panel sensor 110 may further include a signal processing unit 125 for processing a signal detected by the sensor unit 120 in addition to the touch panel sensor substrate 116 and the sensor unit 120.
  • the signal processing unit 125 includes, for example, a printed circuit board and a processing IC that is provided on the printed circuit board and analyzes a touch location based on a signal from the sensor unit 120.
  • a wiring may be included in the signal processing unit 125 to extract an electrical signal to the outside. Such wiring may be composed of, for example, a flexible substrate.
  • the signal processing unit 125 is connected to the terminal unit 115 of the sensor unit 120, for example, as indicated by a one-dot chain line in FIG. 18A.
  • the touch panel sensor 110 may further include a signal processing unit 125, and an adhesive layer 101 may be provided between the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40.
  • FIGS. 21 to 34 the same parts as those in the above-described embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating an example of the display device 70 including the LCD type display unit 50.
  • the display unit 50 includes an LCD type display unit 151 and a touch panel sensor 110 provided on the viewer side of the display unit 151.
  • the display unit 151 includes a backlight unit 158, a light source side polarizing plate 156 provided on the viewer side of the backlight unit 158, an LCD panel 155 provided on the viewer side of the light source side polarizing plate 156, and an LCD panel And 155 an observer side polarizing plate 154 provided on the observer side.
  • a backlight unit 158 various types of light sources such as fluorescent tubes and LEDs can be used.
  • a reflection plate that reflects light from the fluorescent tube or the LED may be further included outside the fluorescent tube or the LED (on the side opposite to the observer side).
  • an adhesive layer may be interposed between the constituent elements of the display device 70.
  • the LCD panel 155 includes a TFT substrate 210, a color filter 200 provided on the viewer side of the TFT substrate 210, and a liquid crystal layer 215 filled between the TFT substrate 210 and the color filter 200.
  • each of the TFT substrates 210 corresponds to a unit pixel of the display device 70, and includes a plurality of liquid crystal driving units that apply a predetermined voltage to the liquid crystal 215 to control the state of the liquid crystal layer 215.
  • the color filter 200 includes a color filter substrate 201, a black matrix layer 202 provided in a predetermined pattern on the color filter substrate 201, and a plurality of colored layers 203 provided between the black matrix layers 202. Contains.
  • the material of the color filter substrate 201 is not particularly limited as long as it appropriately supports the black matrix layer 202 and the colored layer 203 and has transparency.
  • a material for the color filter substrate 201 transparent glass, polymer, or the like is used.
  • the LCD type display device 70 includes the display unit 50 and the display front plate 40 provided on the viewer side of the display unit 50. For this reason, it is possible to prevent external light from being reflected on the viewer side of the LCD type display device 70.
  • the display unit 50 includes the touch panel sensor 110. Therefore, a touch panel function can be given to the LCD type display device 70.
  • the display unit 151 may further include an optical compensation film 157 provided between the light source side polarizing plate 156 and the backlight unit 158.
  • the optical compensation film 157 is made of, for example, a retardation film, a brightness enhancement film, a light guide plate, or the like. By further providing such an optical compensation film 157, the quality of light incident on the light source side polarizing plate 156 from the backlight unit 158 can be further increased.
  • the optical compensation film 157 may be a component separate from the backlight unit 158 or may be a component included in the backlight unit 158.
  • each component of the display unit 151 such as the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the LCD panel 155, is the touch panel sensor 110 and the display unit. It may be combined with the front plate 40.
  • the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the LCD panel 155 may be combined with the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40, thereby forming an intermediate product 220 for the display device.
  • an observer-side polarizing plate 154, an LCD panel 155, and a light source-side polarizing plate 156 are combined with the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40, whereby an intermediate product 220 for a display device is formed. It may be configured. As shown in FIG.
  • an observer-side polarizing plate 154, an LCD panel 155, a light source-side polarizing plate 156, and an optical compensation film 157 are combined with the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40, thereby providing a display device.
  • Intermediate product 220 may be configured.
  • the touch panel sensor 110 is a separate component from the display unit 151, and the touch panel sensor 110 is provided on the viewer side of the LCD panel 155 of the display unit 151.
  • An example is given.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the touch panel sensor 110 may be included in the display unit 151, and the touch panel sensor 110 may be provided between the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the LCD panel 155.
  • FIGS. 27 to 31 are diagrams showing an example of a form in which the touch panel sensor 110 is provided between the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the LCD panel 155.
  • FIG. The configurations shown in FIGS. 27 to 31 are different from each other only in that the touch panel sensor 110 is provided between the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the LCD panel 155.
  • Other configurations are the same as those in FIGS. Thru
  • the touch panel sensor 110 is a separate component from the display unit 151” means that the touch panel sensor 110 is transacted and transported separately from the display unit 151. Further, “the touch panel sensor 110 is included in the display unit 151” means that the touch panel sensor 110 is transacted or transported at the same time as the display unit 151.
  • the touch panel sensor 110 is an example in which the touch panel sensor 110 is a separate component from the color filter 200 of the LCD panel 155.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the touch panel sensor may be formed integrally with the color filter 200.
  • the touch panel sensor is integrally formed with the color filter” means that the touch panel sensor substrate and the color filter substrate are common, as will be described below with reference to FIG. I mean.
  • FIG. 32 is a view showing a color filter 200A integrated with a touch panel sensor having a touch panel function.
  • the color filter 200A includes a color filter substrate 201, a sensor unit 120 provided on the observation side of the color filter substrate 201, and a black provided on the display unit side of the color filter substrate 201.
  • the sensor unit 120 is substantially the same as the sensor unit 120 in the seventh embodiment shown in FIGS.
  • FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a display device 70 including an LCD panel 155A having a touch panel function.
  • the touch panel sensor is formed integrally with the color filter.
  • the touch panel function can be easily provided by the display device 70.
  • a substrate for the touch panel sensor can be made unnecessary as compared with the case where the color filter 200 and the touch panel sensor 110 are configured separately. Therefore, when the display device 70 with a touch panel function is configured using the touch panel sensor integrated color filter 200A, the thickness and weight of the display device 70 can be reduced by the amount of the substrate for the touch panel sensor.
  • the color filter 200 and the touch panel sensor 110 are comprised separately, it is possible that the color filter 200 and the touch panel sensor 110 are bonded together by an adhesive layer.
  • the light transmittance in the touch panel sensor 110 is reduced by the amount of the adhesive layer.
  • the touch panel sensor and the color filter are integrally formed, thereby eliminating the need for an adhesive layer for bonding. Thereby, the light transmittance can be improved.
  • the process of bonding the color filter 200 and the touch panel sensor 110 using an adhesive layer is not necessary. As a result, the number of manufacturing steps can be reduced, and problems that may occur during bonding can be avoided. For example, it is possible to eliminate the concern that bubbles or the like are mixed at the time of bonding, thereby reducing the yield.
  • display device 70 / display unit 50 / display unit 151 includes / includes / includes touch panel sensor 110
  • touch panel sensor 110 means that display device 70 / display unit 50 / display unit 151 performs transactions independently.
  • the sensor unit 120 is included in predetermined components of the display device 70 / the display unit 50 / the display unit 151 such as a color filter, as well as the case where the touch panel sensor 110 that can be transported is included / included / included. It is also a concept that includes.
  • the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
  • a specific configuration example in the case where the display portion of the display device in the first to seventh embodiments is of an organic EL or inorganic EL type will be described.
  • the same components as those in the above-described embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • FIG. 34 is a diagram illustrating an example of a display device 70 including an organic EL or inorganic EL type display unit 50.
  • the display unit 50 includes an organic EL or inorganic EL type display unit 151 and a touch panel sensor 110 provided on the viewer side of the display unit 151.
  • the display unit 151 is provided on the viewer side of the reflective electrode layer 164 and the reflective electrode layer 164, a light emitting layer 163 made of an organic light emitting material or an inorganic light emitting material, and a color filter provided on the viewer side of the light emitting layer 163. 200 and an observer-side polarizing plate 154 provided on the observer side of the color filter 200.
  • an adhesive layer may be interposed between the constituent elements of the display device 70.
  • the organic EL or inorganic EL type display device 70 includes the display unit 50 and the display front plate 40 provided on the viewer side of the display unit 50. For this reason, it is possible to prevent external light from being reflected on the viewer side of the display device 70 of the organic EL or inorganic EL type.
  • the display unit 50 includes the touch panel sensor 110. For this reason, a touch panel function can be provided to the organic EL or inorganic EL type display device 70.
  • each component of the display unit 151 such as the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the color filter 200, is the touch panel sensor 110 and the display unit. It may be combined with the front plate 40.
  • the observer-side polarizing plate 154, the color filter 200, and the light emitting layer 163 are combined with the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40, thereby forming an intermediate product 220 for the display device. May be.
  • a touch panel sensor integrated color filter 200A having a touch panel function may be used as in the case of the embodiments shown in FIGS. Thereby, the touch panel function can be easily provided by the display device 70.
  • the touch panel sensor 110 may be provided on the display unit side of the observer-side polarizing plate 154 as in the case of the embodiments shown in FIGS.
  • FIGS. 36 to 40 The present embodiment shown in FIGS. 36 to 40 is different only in that the display front plate has a touch panel sensor. Other configurations are the same as the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 4A and 4B. This is substantially the same as the embodiment.
  • the same parts as those in the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 4A and 4B are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted. To do.
  • the display front plate 40A is provided on the transparent substrate 20, the buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, and the observer side of the buffer layer 60.
  • the anti-reflection film 30 and the touch panel sensor 110 provided on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20 are included.
  • the display front plate 40A includes the touch panel sensor 110, whereby the touch panel function is provided to the display front plate 40A.
  • FIG. 37 is a diagram showing a display device 70 that includes a display unit 50 and a display front plate 40 ⁇ / b> A that is provided on the viewer side of the display unit 50 and has a touch panel sensor 110.
  • the touch panel function can be given to the display device 70 more easily, and the outside light on the viewer side of the display device 70 can be provided. Can be prevented from occurring.
  • the touch panel sensor 110 is in direct contact with the transparent substrate 20 in the display front panel 40A shown in FIG.
  • an air gap is generated between the transparent substrate 20 and the touch panel sensor 110, and it is conceivable that light is reflected on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20 due to the air gap.
  • modified examples for preventing such reflection of light will be described.
  • FIG. 38 is a diagram illustrating an example in which the adhesive layer 100 is provided between the transparent substrate 20 and the touch panel sensor 110.
  • the adhesive layer 100 By providing such an adhesive layer 100, it is possible to prevent an air gap from being generated between the transparent substrate 20 and the touch panel sensor 110, whereby light is reflected on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20. Can be prevented.
  • FIG. 39 is a diagram illustrating an example in which the additional buffer layer 65 and the additional antireflection film 35 are provided on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20.
  • the additional buffer layer 65 it is possible to prevent light from being reflected on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20 by providing the additional antireflection film 35 formed of the additional low refractive index layer 36. Further, by providing the additional buffer layer 65, it is possible to prevent the additional antireflection film 35 from being damaged.
  • FIG. 40 is a diagram illustrating an example in which the additional antireflection film 35 including the additional low refractive index layer 36A is provided on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20.
  • the additional low refractive index layer 36A is an additional low refractive index layer with improved scratch resistance, as in the case of the sixth embodiment described above. By providing such an additional low refractive index layer 36A, it is possible to prevent light from being reflected on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20, and to make the additional buffer layer 65 unnecessary.
  • the antireflection film 30 or the additional antireflection film 35 includes only the low refractive index layer 31 or the additional low refractive index layers 36 and 36A is shown.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the antireflection film 30 or the additional antireflection film 35 is the high refractive index layer 32 or the additional high refraction, as in the case of the modifications of the third and fourth embodiments.
  • the rate layer 37 may be further included. Thereby, the effect of preventing reflection of external light by the antireflection film 30 and the additional antireflection film 35 can be further enhanced.
  • the adhesive layer 100 may be provided on the viewer side of the antireflection film 30.
  • the protective layer 105 may be provided on the observer side of the adhesive layer 100 provided on the observer side of the antireflection film 30.
  • the display front plate 40A may further include an observer-side polarizing plate 154, a color filter 200, and the like.
  • an observer-side polarizing plate 154 may be provided between the transparent substrate 20 and the touch panel sensor 110.
  • FIG. A filter 200 may be provided.
  • the arrangement of the touch panel sensor 110 and the arrangement of the observer side polarizing plate 154 shown in FIGS. 41 and 42 may be interchanged.
  • FIGS. 43 to 48 The present embodiment shown in FIGS. 43 to 48 is only different in that the touch panel sensor is integrally formed with the display front plate, and the other configuration is the tenth embodiment shown in FIGS. 36 to 42.
  • the form is substantially the same.
  • the eleventh embodiment shown in FIG. 43 to FIG. 48 the same parts as those in the tenth embodiment shown in FIG. 36 to FIG.
  • FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a display front plate 40A formed integrally with the touch panel sensor.
  • the display front plate 40 ⁇ / b> A includes a transparent substrate 20, a buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, and an antireflection film 30 provided on the observer side of the buffer layer 60.
  • a sensor unit 120 provided on the surface of the transparent substrate 20 on the display unit side.
  • the sensor part 120 is substantially the same as the sensor part 120 shown in the above-mentioned 7th Embodiment, detailed description is abbreviate
  • the touch panel sensor is formed integrally with the display front plate 40A
  • the touch panel sensor substrate and the display front plate transparent substrate are common as shown in FIG. It means that
  • the touch panel sensor is integrated with the display front plate 40A.
  • a touch panel function can be given to the display front plate 40A more easily.
  • the touch panel sensor substrate and the display front plate 40 can be made unnecessary as compared with the case where the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40 are configured separately. Therefore, when the display device 70 with a touch panel function is configured using the display front plate 40A, the thickness and weight of the display device 70 can be reduced by the amount of the substrate for the touch panel sensor.
  • the surface of the transparent substrate 20 on the display unit side is covered with the sensor unit 120. Therefore, no air gap is formed on the surface of the transparent substrate 20 on the display unit side. Therefore, it is possible to prevent light from being reflected on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20 without providing the adhesive layer 100 or the like on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20 as in the case of the tenth embodiment described above. Can do. That is, according to the present embodiment, not only a touch panel function can be given to the display front plate 40A, but also light reflection on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20 can be prevented.
  • the adhesive layer 100 by preventing the adhesive layer 100 from being interposed between the sensor unit 120 and the transparent substrate 20, the sensitivity of the sensor unit 120 can be improved and the light transmittance can be improved. Moreover, the process of bonding the transparent substrate 20 and the touch panel sensor 110 via the adhesive layer 100 becomes unnecessary, thereby reducing the number of manufacturing steps and avoiding problems that may occur at the time of bonding. For example, it is possible to eliminate the concern that bubbles or the like are mixed at the time of bonding, thereby reducing the yield.
  • the display front plate 40A includes / includes / includes the touch panel sensor 110
  • the display front plate 40A includes the touch panel sensor 110 that can be independently traded, transported, etc.
  • the concept includes not only the case where the sensor unit 120 is included but also the case where the sensor unit 120 is formed on the transparent substrate 20 of the display front plate 40A.
  • the form of the display front plate 40A formed integrally with the touch panel sensor is not limited to the form shown in FIG. 43, and various other forms can be considered.
  • the adhesive layer 100 may be provided on the display unit side of the sensor unit 120.
  • a signal processing unit 125 may be attached to the sensor unit 120.
  • an observer-side polarizing plate 154 may be provided on the display unit side of the sensor unit 120.
  • a color filter 200 may be further provided on the display unit side of the observer side polarizing plate 154.
  • the sensor part 120 showed the example formed on the surface by the side of the display part of the transparent substrate 20, it is not restricted to this, The sensor part 120 is formed on the surface by the side of the observer of the transparent substrate 20 May be.
  • the antireflection film 30 is composed of only the low refractive index layer 31.
  • the antireflection film 30 may further include a high refractive index layer 32 as in the case of the modification of the third embodiment described above. Thereby, the effect of the antireflection film 30 preventing reflection of external light can be further enhanced.
  • the display front plate 40A may further include an additional buffer layer 65 and an additional antireflection film 35.
  • the additional buffer layer 65 is not provided. Also good.
  • the adhesive layer 100 may be provided on the viewer side of the antireflection film 30.
  • the protective layer 105 may be provided on the observer side of the adhesive layer 100 provided on the observer side of the antireflection film 30.
  • the display front plate 40A with a touch panel function further includes the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the color filter 200 is shown.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the display front plate 40 that does not have a touch panel function may further include the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the color filter 200.
  • both the buffer layer 60 and the sensor unit 120 may be provided on one side of the transparent substrate 20.
  • both the buffer layer 60 and the sensor unit 120 may be provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, or both the buffer layer 60 and the sensor unit 120 are provided on the display unit 50 side of the transparent substrate 20. It may be.
  • the buffer layer 60 and the sensor unit 120 of the display front plate 40 shown in FIG. 51A will be described with reference to FIG. 51B.
  • 51B on one side of the transparent substrate 20, a sensor unit 120 including an x transparent conductive pattern 111 formed on the surface of one side of the transparent substrate 20, and a sensor unit 120 is disposed.
  • the buffer layer 60 is provided.
  • the buffer layer 60 is in partial contact with the surface on one side of the transparent substrate 20. That is, also in this modification, the buffer layer 60 is provided directly on the surface of the transparent substrate 20.
  • the design layer 10 formed in the non-display area on the viewer side of the display front plates 40 and 40A may have a function as various sensors.
  • the design layer 10 may have a function as an optical sensor.
  • the design layer 10 can be used as a touch panel sensor, a proximity sensor, or the like.
  • the proximity sensor is a sensor that can sense that an object is approaching without contacting the object.
  • an on / off switching function as a switch can be exhibited without a third person recognizing that there is a switch.
  • the proximity sensor detects that the ear has approached the mobile phone or the like. Accordingly, the touch panel display can be automatically switched on and off, and power consumption can be saved by such a mechanism.
  • the face is in contact with the touch panel sensor when the ear is approaching, it is possible to determine that the contact is not intended for operation using the touch panel sensor, thereby preventing malfunction. be able to.
  • the proximity sensor can check not only whether there is an object nearby but also the distance to the object. For this reason, for example, when a proximity sensor is used in a digital signage display, the power can be turned on only when a person approaches a predetermined distance. Furthermore, by combining with software that determines age, sex, etc., it is possible to provide optimal information.
  • the transparent substrate 20 may be a plastic substrate such as polycarbonate, polystyrene, or acrylic.
  • the transparent substrate 20 may be a plastic substrate such as polycarbonate, polystyrene, or acrylic.
  • various types of glass can be used.
  • alkali glass such as soda glass or borosilicate glass may be used, or non-alkali glass may be used.
  • the chemically strengthened glass with which the chemically strengthened layer was provided in the surface of glass may be used.
  • the chemical strengthening layer is a layer formed by replacing sodium in the glass with potassium.
  • the thickness of such a chemically strengthened layer is not particularly limited, and the thickness of the chemically strengthened layer is appropriately set according to required characteristics. For example, when it is necessary to ensure the cutting ability and productivity of the glass while imparting a certain degree of strength to the glass, the thickness of the chemical strengthening layer is set within a range of about 5 to 10 ⁇ m. Further, when it is required to impart higher strength to the glass, the thickness of the chemically strengthened layer may be set within a range of about 10 to 35 ⁇ m, or may be set to 35 ⁇ m or more.
  • the glass has a certain degree of cutability.
  • the thickness of the chemically strengthened layer is 35 ⁇ m or more, it is difficult to cut the glass even if a high-performance cutting means such as a diamond cutter is used. Therefore, when the thickness of the chemically strengthened layer is required to be 35 ⁇ m or more, preferably, the chemically strengthened layer is formed on the surface of the glass by performing ion exchange treatment on the glass after being cut into a desired shape.
  • the Examples of the glass having a chemically strengthened layer formed on the surface in this way include Corning's Gorilla Glass (Gorilla Glass), Asahi Glass Company's Dragon Trail, and the like.
  • the layer located on the outermost surface on the viewer side of the display front plate 40 for example, the low refractive index layer 31 or the protective layer 105 functions as an antifouling layer that prevents adhesion of dirt. May further be included.
  • the function as an antifouling layer is, for example, fingerprint resistance, which is an oil and fat component that adheres when touched by human hands, water repellency against rainwater, slipperiness against dirt wiping, and magic. Magic resistance against graffiti.
  • the low refractive index layer 31 or the protective layer 105 contains silicon element, carbon element, and fluorine element at a predetermined ratio. Can be mentioned.
  • the buffer layer 60 is formed by applying a coating solution containing the material of the buffer layer 60 on the transparent substrate 20 and a sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 are prepared. Then, an example in which this is formed on the transparent substrate 20 through an adhesive layer such as an adhesive or a tape is shown.
  • a method of forming the buffer layer 60 by applying a coating solution containing the material of the buffer layer 60 on the transparent substrate 20 is preferably used. The reason is as follows.
  • the buffer layer 60 When the buffer layer 60 is bonded to the transparent substrate 20 via the adhesive layer, first, a sheet or film as a base material is prepared, and then a coating solution containing the material of the buffer layer 60 is applied onto the sheet or film. Thus, the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 is produced. In this case, in the manufacturing process of the display front plate, an operation of attaching the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 to the transparent substrate 20 occurs. In this case, it is conceivable that foreign matters, bubbles, or the like are mixed when the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 is applied to the transparent substrate 20, thereby reducing the yield.
  • the weight and thickness of the display front plate increase by the amount of the sheet or film that supports the buffer layer 60 and the adhesive layer for bonding the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 and the transparent substrate 20 together.
  • the light transmittance of the display front plate may be reduced.
  • the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 generally has undulations, it may be possible that the appearance of the display front plate becomes non-uniform due to the undulations.
  • coating the coating liquid containing the material of the buffer layer 60 on the transparent substrate 20 the process of sticking the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 on the transparent substrate 20 Can be reduced.
  • the weight and thickness of the display front plate can be increased by the amount of the sheet or film and the adhesive layer. It is possible to prevent the light transmittance in the display front plate from being lowered by the amount of the sheet or film and the adhesive layer. That is, by providing the buffer layer 60 directly on the transparent substrate 20, the light transmittance of the display front plate can be increased as compared with the case where the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 is used. Further, it is possible to prevent the appearance of the display front plate from becoming uneven due to the undulation of the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60.
  • the low refractive index layer 31 is formed by applying a coating solution containing the material of the low refractive index layer 31 onto the buffer layer 60, and the sheet-like or film-like low
  • a coating solution containing the material of the low refractive index layer 31 onto the buffer layer 60 is prepared and attached to the buffer layer 60 via an adhesive layer such as an adhesive or a tape.
  • the method of forming the low refractive index layer 31 by applying a coating solution containing the material of the low refractive index layer 31 onto the buffer layer 60 is preferable, as in the case of the buffer layer 60. Is used.
  • the sheet or film-shaped low refractive index layer 31 produced by applying a coating liquid containing the material of the low refractive index layer 31 to the sheet or film serving as the base material.
  • the process of sticking on the transparent substrate 20 can be reduced.
  • the number of manufacturing steps can be reduced, and the above-described problems that may occur at the time of bonding can be avoided.
  • the weight and thickness of the display front plate are increased by the amount of the sheet or film and the adhesive layer.
  • permeability of the light in a display front board falls only the part for a sheet
  • the support member that supports the buffer layer 60 is configured by the transparent substrate 20 has been described.
  • the example in which the buffer layer 60 is directly provided on the surface of the transparent substrate 20 has been described mainly.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the support member that supports the buffer layer 60 may further include a member or layer other than the transparent substrate 20, and the buffer layer 60 may be provided on the member or layer.
  • the support member 20 ⁇ / b> A including the transparent substrate 20 further includes an invisible layer 21 provided on the transparent substrate 20, and the buffer layer 60 and the sensor unit 120 are provided on the invisible layer 21. May be provided.
  • the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 are made of ITO or the like having a higher refractive index than that of the transparent substrate 20.
  • the transparent substrate 20, the x transparent conductive pattern 111, and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 are transparent.
  • the presence of the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 is likely to be visually recognized by an observer due to the difference in optical refractive index between the conductive pattern 112 and the conductive pattern 112.
  • Such an invisible layer 21 can be configured, for example, by using a material having a higher refractive index than materials such as ITO constituting the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112.
  • the support member 20A including the transparent substrate 20 may further include a guard layer 22 provided on the transparent substrate 20, and the buffer layer 60 may be provided on the guard layer 22.
  • the guard layer 22 is a layer for appropriately releasing static electricity that may be generated when the display front plate 40 is manufactured, and is made of, for example, ITO having conductivity and transparency.
  • the buffer layer 60 is preferably directly on the surface of the support member 20A on the viewer side or the display unit side.
  • the buffer layer 60 is formed by applying a coating solution containing the material of the buffer layer 60 on the support member 20A.
  • the buffer layer 60 provided on the support member 20A can be obtained without interposing a sheet or film between the support member 20A and the buffer layer 60. It is possible to prevent the low refractive index layer 31 from being broken and the low refractive index layer 31 from being left depressed.
  • a transparent substrate 20 was prepared.
  • four types of materials (materials 1 to 4) having different compositions were prepared as materials for the buffer layer 60.
  • Each material is obtained by blending a predetermined monomer with a polymer such as urethane acrylate described above as the material of the buffer layer 60.
  • the composition of each material is suitably adjusted so that the ratio of the Vickers hardness or the amount of elastic deformation of the four types of buffer layers 60 obtained is different.
  • a Vickers indenter was pushed into each of the obtained first to fourth buffer layers 60 with a load of 5 mN, and the above-mentioned Vickers hardness and elastic deformation ratio were measured.
  • the Vickers hardness was 70, and the ratio of the amount of elastic deformation was 0.63.
  • the Vickers hardness was 58, and the elastic deformation ratio was 0.56.
  • the Vickers hardness was 64, and the ratio of the amount of elastic deformation was 0.58.
  • the Vickers hardness was 64 and the ratio of the amount of elastic deformation was 0.67.
  • a coating liquid containing a material for the low refractive index layer 31 was applied on each of the first to fourth buffer layers 60. Thereafter, vacuum drying was performed, and then the coating solution was exposed with an exposure amount of 600 mJ using a low-pressure mercury lamp. As a result, the antireflection film 30 composed of the low refractive index layer 31 was formed on each buffer layer 60.
  • the four types of antireflection films 30 were tested for scratch resistance. Specifically, steel wool (No. 0000) loaded with 100 g was swept on each antireflection film 30 (10 reciprocations, 100 mm stroke). Thereafter, whether or not scratch marks were visually recognized on each antireflection film 30 was visually confirmed. As a result, scratch marks were not visually recognized.
  • a transparent substrate 20 was prepared.
  • a coating liquid containing a material for the low refractive index layer 31 was applied on the transparent substrate 20. Thereafter, vacuum drying was performed, and then the coating solution was exposed with an exposure amount of 600 mJ using a low-pressure mercury lamp. As a result, the antireflection film 30 composed of the low refractive index layer 31 was formed on the transparent substrate 20.
  • the resulting antireflection film 30 was subjected to a scratch resistance test in the same manner as in the above-described example. As a result, scratch marks were visually recognized.
  • the buffer layer 60 is not provided between the antireflection film 30 and the transparent substrate 20, it is considered that the stress applied to the antireflection film 30 could not be relieved.
  • a transparent substrate 20 made of glass having an optical refractive index of 1.51 was prepared.
  • a material in which the absolute value of the difference from the optical refractive index of the transparent substrate 20 was 0.03 or less was prepared as a material for the buffer layer 60.
  • a material having an optical refractive index of 1.52 to 1.53 was prepared.
  • a coating liquid containing a material for the buffer layer 60 was prepared, and then the coating liquid was applied on the transparent substrate 20. As a result, the buffer layer 60 was provided directly on the transparent substrate 20. No.
  • the thickness of the buffer layer 60, the Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer 60 with a load of 5 mN, and the total deformation amount of the buffer layer 60 at that time The ratio of the amount of elastic deformation of the buffer layer 60 with respect to is shown in FIG.
  • the low refractive index layer 31 is a low refractive index layer including a binder resin portion 31a and a plurality of hollow fillers 31b dispersed in the binder resin portion 31a.
  • a refractive index layer 31 was employed.
  • the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 as a whole including the binder resin portion 31a and the hollow filler 31b was in the range of 1.33 to 1.34. No.
  • the thickness of the low refractive index layer 31 in each of the display front plates 40 of 1 to 13 is shown in FIG.
  • a display front plate not including the buffer layer 60 was prepared.
  • the thickness of the buffer layer 60 is set to 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and the thickness of the low refractive index layer 31 is set to 120 nm or less, for example, 100 nm or less. As a result, the number of scratch marks formed can be suppressed to 30 or less.
  • No. Evaluation results of the display front plate 40 of Nos. 1 to 4 and 11 to 13 As can be seen from the comparison with the evaluation results of the display front plate 40 of 6, 8 to 10, the thickness of the low refractive index layer 31 is in the range of 90 to 120 nm, and the Vickers hardness of the buffer layer 60 is 50 to 100.
  • the number of scratch marks formed can be suppressed to 20 or less. Furthermore, no.
  • the Vickers hardness of the buffer layer 60 is in the range of 60 to 90, and the elastic deformation with respect to the total deformation amount in the buffer layer 60 By setting the ratio of the amount to 0.60 or more, no scratch marks could be formed.

Abstract

[Problem] To provide a front panel for display purposes, which has high scratch resistance. [Solution] A front panel (40) for display purposes comprises a transparent substrate (20), a buffer layer (60) which is arranged directly on the observer side or the display part side of the transparent substrate (20), and an antireflective film (30) which is arranged on the buffer layer (60). The antireflective film (30) has, formed on the outermost layer thereof, a low-refractive-index layer (31). The low-refractive-index layer (31) has a lower light refractive index than that of the transparent substrate (20). The buffer layer (60) has a higher light refractive index than that of the low-refractive-index layer (31), and the buffer layer (60) has a larger thickness than that of the low-refractive-index layer (31).

Description

表示用前面板および表示装置Display front plate and display device
 本発明は、表示部に対して観察者側に配置される表示用前面板に関する。また本発明は、表示部と表示用前面板とを備えた表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a display front plate disposed on an observer side with respect to a display unit. The present invention also relates to a display device including a display unit and a display front plate.
 従来から、液晶ディスプレイ(以下、LCDとも言う。)やプラズマディスプレイ(以下、PDPとも言う)などの表示部の観察者側に、表示部を保護するための表示用前面板を設けることが知られている。この表示用前面板の最外面をガラス基板などの透明基板とする場合、透明基板/空気界面の屈折率差により反射が起こる。 Conventionally, it has been known to provide a display front plate for protecting a display unit on the viewer side of a display unit such as a liquid crystal display (hereinafter also referred to as LCD) or a plasma display (hereinafter also referred to as PDP). ing. When the outermost surface of the display front plate is a transparent substrate such as a glass substrate, reflection occurs due to a difference in refractive index between the transparent substrate and the air interface.
 このため、表示用前面板の最外面には反射防止フィルムや反射防止膜が設置されることがある(例えば、特許文献1の図6(B)(C)参照)。この反射防止フィルムは、TAC(セルローストリアセテートフレークスを主原料とし、溶剤にメチレンクロライド、可塑剤にトリフェニールフォスフェートなどを用いるもの)フィルムやPET(ポリエチレンテレフタレート)フィルムなどの基材フィルムに反射防止材料を塗布したものからなっている。 For this reason, an antireflection film or an antireflection film may be installed on the outermost surface of the display front plate (see, for example, FIGS. 6B and 6C of Patent Document 1). This anti-reflective film is an anti-reflective material for base films such as TAC (cellulose triacetate flakes as the main raw material, methylene chloride as solvent, triphenyl phosphate as plasticizer) film and PET (polyethylene terephthalate) film. It consists of the thing which applied.
 ここで、透明基板に反射防止フィルムが貼り付けられる態様について図54(a)-(e)を用いて説明する。まず、透明基板20が準備される(図54(a)参照)。他方、透明基板20が準備されるのとは別に、ロール状になった基材フィルム85が広げられ(図54(b)参照)、当該基材フィルム85の一面に反射防止材30’がコーティングされて(図54(c)参照)、反射防止材30’が乾燥された後で露光されることで、反射防止フィルムが準備される。 Here, a mode in which the antireflection film is attached to the transparent substrate will be described with reference to FIGS. 54 (a) to 54 (e). First, the transparent substrate 20 is prepared (see FIG. 54A). On the other hand, apart from the preparation of the transparent substrate 20, the roll-shaped base film 85 is spread (see FIG. 54B), and the antireflection material 30 ′ is coated on one surface of the base film 85. Then (see FIG. 54C), the antireflection material 30 ′ is dried and then exposed to prepare an antireflection film.
 そして、透明基板20に接着剤やテープなどの接着層を介して基材フィルム85が貼り付けられる(図54(d)参照。この図においては、上述接着剤やテープは記載していない)。その後、透明基板20からはみ出た反射防止フィルムが切断される(図54(e)参照)。 And the base film 85 is affixed on the transparent substrate 20 through adhesive layers, such as an adhesive agent and a tape (refer FIG.54 (d). In the figure, the said adhesive agent and tape are not described). Thereafter, the antireflection film protruding from the transparent substrate 20 is cut (see FIG. 54E).
 反射防止フィルムや反射防止膜における外光の反射を少なくするため、一般に、反射防止フィルムや反射防止膜の最外面を構成する層としては、光屈折率の小さい層が用いられる。また、光の干渉を防止するため、一般に、反射防止フィルムや反射防止膜を構成する層の厚みは、可視光の波長の1/4よりも小さくなっている。例えば特許文献2において、反射防止膜の最外面を構成する層として、屈折率が1.20~1.55の範囲内であり、かつ厚みが50~200nmの範囲内である低屈折率層が用いられる例が示されている。 In order to reduce the reflection of external light in the antireflection film or antireflection film, generally, a layer having a low light refractive index is used as a layer constituting the outermost surface of the antireflection film or antireflection film. In order to prevent light interference, the thickness of the antireflection film and the layers constituting the antireflection film is generally smaller than ¼ of the wavelength of visible light. For example, in Patent Document 2, as a layer constituting the outermost surface of the antireflection film, a low refractive index layer having a refractive index in the range of 1.20 to 1.55 and a thickness in the range of 50 to 200 nm is used. The example used is shown.
特開2002-215056号公報JP 2002-215056 A 特開2005-43749号公報JP 2005-43749 A
 表示用前面板の反射防止膜の最外面に位置する低屈折率層には、光屈折率が低いことだけでなく、耐擦傷性が高いことも求められる。しかしながら一般に、層を構成する材料の光屈折率を低くすることと、層を構成する材料の耐擦傷性を高くすることはトレードオフの関係にある。 The low refractive index layer located on the outermost surface of the antireflection film of the display front plate is required not only to have a low light refractive index but also to have high scratch resistance. However, generally, there is a trade-off relationship between reducing the optical refractive index of the material constituting the layer and increasing the scratch resistance of the material constituting the layer.
 また、特許文献1のように反射防止フィルムを用いた場合には、上記のように反射防止フィルムを透明基板20に貼る作業が発生し、反射防止フィルムを透明基板20に貼る際に異物や気泡の混入などのリスクが生じる。また、基材フィルム85によって、透過率が低下してしまう。また、このように反射防止フィルムを用いた場合には、透明基板20から面方向にはみ出た部分をカットする必要が生じ、無駄が生じてしまう。さらに、基材フィルム85にはうねりがあるため、このうねりによって見た目が不均一になってしまう。 In addition, when an antireflection film is used as in Patent Document 1, an operation of applying the antireflection film to the transparent substrate 20 as described above occurs, and foreign matters and bubbles are generated when the antireflection film is applied to the transparent substrate 20. Risks such as contamination. Moreover, the transmittance | permeability will fall with the base film 85. FIG. In addition, when the antireflection film is used in this way, it is necessary to cut a portion protruding from the transparent substrate 20 in the surface direction, resulting in waste. Furthermore, since the base film 85 has undulations, the undulations make the appearance non-uniform.
 本発明は、このような課題を効果的に解決し得る表示用前面板および表示装置を提供することを目的とする。 It is an object of the present invention to provide a display front plate and a display device that can effectively solve such problems.
 本発明は、表示部に対して観察者側に配置される表示用前面板において、少なくとも透明基板を含む支持部材と、前記支持部材の観察者側または表示部側に設けられた緩衝層と、前記緩衝層上に設けられた反射防止膜と、を備え、前記反射防止膜は、最外面に位置する低屈折率層を有し、前記低屈折率層の光屈折率は前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも小さくなっており、前記緩衝層の光屈折率は前記低屈折率層の光屈折率よりも大きくなっており、かつ、前記緩衝層の厚みは前記低屈折率層の厚みよりも大きくなっていることを特徴とする表示用前面板である。 The present invention provides a display front plate disposed on the viewer side with respect to the display unit, a support member including at least a transparent substrate, and a buffer layer provided on the viewer side or the display unit side of the support member, An antireflective film provided on the buffer layer, the antireflective film has a low refractive index layer located on the outermost surface, and the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer is that of the support member The refractive index of the transparent substrate is smaller than the refractive index of the buffer layer, the refractive index of the buffer layer is larger than the refractive index of the low refractive index layer, and the thickness of the buffer layer is the low refractive index layer. It is the display front board characterized by being larger than the thickness of this.
 本発明によれば、低屈折率層の耐擦傷性が低い場合であっても、緩衝層により、外部から低屈折率層に印加される応力を緩和することができる。これによって、反射防止膜および緩衝層からなる積層体全体としての耐擦傷性を高めることができ、このことにより、外部からの応力により反射防止膜が傷つくのを防ぐことができる。 According to the present invention, even when the scratch resistance of the low refractive index layer is low, the stress applied from the outside to the low refractive index layer can be relaxed by the buffer layer. As a result, it is possible to improve the scratch resistance of the entire laminate comprising the antireflection film and the buffer layer, thereby preventing the antireflection film from being damaged by external stress.
 本発明による表示用前面板において、好ましくは、前記低屈折率層の厚みは90~120nmの範囲内となっており、前記緩衝層の厚みは0.5μm以上となっており、前記緩衝層に対して5mNの荷重でビッカース圧子を押し込んだ際のビッカース硬さは50~100の範囲内であり、かつ、その際の前記緩衝層の総変形量に対する前記緩衝層の弾性変形量の割合は0.55以上である。より好ましくは、前記緩衝層に対して5mNの荷重でビッカース圧子を押し込んだ際のビッカース硬さは60~90の範囲内であり、かつ、その際の前記緩衝層の総変形量に対する前記緩衝層の弾性変形量の割合は0.60以上である。このような緩衝層を用いることにより、反射防止膜および緩衝層からなる積層体全体としての耐擦傷性をさらに高めることができる。 In the display front plate according to the present invention, preferably, the thickness of the low refractive index layer is in the range of 90 to 120 nm, and the thickness of the buffer layer is 0.5 μm or more. On the other hand, the Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed in with a load of 5 mN is in the range of 50 to 100, and the ratio of the elastic deformation amount of the buffer layer to the total deformation amount of the buffer layer at that time is 0 .55 or more. More preferably, the Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer with a load of 5 mN is in the range of 60 to 90, and the buffer layer with respect to the total deformation amount of the buffer layer at that time The ratio of the amount of elastic deformation is 0.60 or more. By using such a buffer layer, it is possible to further improve the scratch resistance of the entire laminate comprising the antireflection film and the buffer layer.
 本発明による表示用前面板において、前記緩衝層は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板の観察者側に直接的に設けられていてもよい。 In the display front plate according to the present invention, the buffer layer may be provided directly on the observer side of the transparent substrate of the support member.
 本発明による表示用前面板において、好ましくは、前記低屈折率層の光屈折率は、1.35よりも小さくなっている。 In the display front plate according to the present invention, preferably, the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer is smaller than 1.35.
 本発明による表示用前面板において、前記低屈折率層は、バインダー樹脂部と、前記バインダー樹脂部内に分散された複数の中空フィラーと、を含んでいてもよい。 In the display front plate according to the present invention, the low refractive index layer may include a binder resin portion and a plurality of hollow fillers dispersed in the binder resin portion.
 本発明による表示用前面板において、前記支持部材の前記透明基板の観察者側に設けられた前記緩衝層上に設けられた前記反射防止膜は、前記低屈折率層の表示部側に設けられた高屈折率層をさらに有していてもよい。この場合、前記高屈折率層の光屈折率は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも大きくなっている。 In the display front plate according to the present invention, the antireflection film provided on the buffer layer provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate of the support member is provided on the display unit side of the low refractive index layer. Further, a high refractive index layer may be further included. In this case, the light refractive index of the high refractive index layer is larger than the light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member.
 本発明による表示用前面板において、好ましくは、前記緩衝層の光屈折率と前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率との差の絶対値が0.03以下になっている。 In the display front plate according to the present invention, preferably, the absolute value of the difference between the light refractive index of the buffer layer and the light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member is 0.03 or less.
 本発明による表示用前面板は、前記支持部材の表示部側に設けられた追加緩衝層と、前記追加緩衝層の表示部側に設けられた追加反射防止膜と、をさらに備えていてもよい。この場合、前記追加反射防止膜は、表示部側の最外面に位置する追加低屈折率層を有し、前記追加低屈折率層の光屈折率は前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも小さく、かつ、前記追加低屈折率層の厚みは90~120nmの範囲内となっており、前記追加緩衝層の厚みは0.5μm以上となっており、前記追加緩衝層に対して5mNの荷重でビッカース圧子を押し込んだ際のビッカース硬さは50~100の範囲内であり、かつ、その際の前記追加緩衝層の総変形量に対する前記追加緩衝層の弾性変形量の割合は0.55以上である。 The display front plate according to the present invention may further include an additional buffer layer provided on the display unit side of the support member, and an additional antireflection film provided on the display unit side of the additional buffer layer. . In this case, the additional antireflection film has an additional low refractive index layer positioned on the outermost surface on the display unit side, and the optical refractive index of the additional low refractive index layer is the optical refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member. And the thickness of the additional low refractive index layer is in the range of 90 to 120 nm, the thickness of the additional buffer layer is 0.5 μm or more, and 5 mN relative to the additional buffer layer. The Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed in with a load of 50 to 100 is in the range of 50 to 100, and the ratio of the elastic deformation amount of the additional buffer layer to the total deformation amount of the additional buffer layer at that time is 0. 55 or more.
 本発明による表示用前面板は、前記支持部材の表示部側に設けられた追加反射防止膜をさらに備えていてもよい。この場合、前記追加反射防止膜は、表示部側の最外面に位置する追加低屈折率層を有し、前記追加低屈折率層の光屈折率は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも小さく、かつ前記反射防止膜の前記低屈折率層の光屈折率よりも大きくなっており、前記追加低屈折率層の厚みは90~120nmの範囲内となっている。 The display front plate according to the present invention may further include an additional antireflection film provided on the display portion side of the support member. In this case, the additional antireflection film has an additional low refractive index layer located on the outermost surface on the display unit side, and the optical refractive index of the additional low refractive index layer is the light refraction of the transparent substrate of the support member. Smaller than the refractive index and larger than the optical refractive index of the low refractive index layer of the antireflection film, and the thickness of the additional low refractive index layer is in the range of 90 to 120 nm.
 本発明による表示用前面板において、前記追加反射防止膜は、前記追加低屈折率層の観察者側に設けられた追加高屈折率層をさらに有していてもよい。この場合、前記追加高屈折率層の光屈折率は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも大きくなっている。 In the display front plate according to the present invention, the additional antireflection film may further include an additional high refractive index layer provided on an observer side of the additional low refractive index layer. In this case, the optical refractive index of the additional high refractive index layer is larger than the optical refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member.
 本発明による表示用前面板において、前記緩衝層は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板の表示部側に直接的に設けられていてもよい。この際、前記緩衝層上に設けられた前記反射防止膜は、前記低屈折率層の観察者側に設けられた高屈折率層をさらに有していてもよい。この場合、前記高屈折率層の光屈折率は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも大きくなっている。また、好ましくは、前記緩衝層の光屈折率と前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率との差の絶対値が0.03以下になっている。 In the display front plate according to the present invention, the buffer layer may be provided directly on the display portion side of the transparent substrate of the support member. At this time, the antireflection film provided on the buffer layer may further include a high refractive index layer provided on the observer side of the low refractive index layer. In this case, the light refractive index of the high refractive index layer is larger than the light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member. Preferably, the absolute value of the difference between the light refractive index of the buffer layer and the light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member is 0.03 or less.
 本発明による表示用前面板は、センサ部を含むタッチパネルセンサをさらに備えていてもよい。 The display front plate according to the present invention may further include a touch panel sensor including a sensor unit.
 本発明による表示用前面板において、前記センサ部が前記支持部材の前記透明基板の観察者側の面上または表示部側の面上に形成されていてもよい。 In the display front plate according to the present invention, the sensor unit may be formed on the surface of the support member on the observer side or the surface of the display unit.
 本発明による表示用前面板において、前記センサ部に信号処理部が接続されていてもよい。 In the display front plate according to the present invention, a signal processing unit may be connected to the sensor unit.
 本発明による表示用前面板は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板よりも表示部側に位置する偏光板をさらに備えていてもよい。 The display front plate according to the present invention may further include a polarizing plate positioned closer to the display unit than the transparent substrate of the support member.
 本発明による表示用前面板は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板よりも表示部側に位置するカラーフィルタをさらに備えていてもよい。 The display front plate according to the present invention may further include a color filter positioned closer to the display unit than the transparent substrate of the support member.
 本発明による表示用前面板は、前記反射防止膜の観察者側に設けられた観察者側接着層をさらに備えていてもよい。 The display front plate according to the present invention may further include an observer-side adhesive layer provided on the observer side of the antireflection film.
 本発明による表示用前面板は、前記観察者側接着層の観察者側に設けられた保護層をさらに備えていてもよい。 The display front plate according to the present invention may further include a protective layer provided on the observer side of the observer-side adhesive layer.
 本発明による表示用前面板は、表示部側の最外面に位置する表示部側接着層をさらに備えていてもよい。 The display front plate according to the present invention may further include a display unit side adhesive layer located on the outermost surface on the display unit side.
 本発明は、映像を表示するための光を観察者側に放射する表示部と、前記表示部に対して観察者側に配置された表示用前面板と、を備え、前記表示用前面板は、少なくとも透明基板を含む支持部材の観察者側または表示部側に設けられた緩衝層と、前記緩衝層上に設けられた反射防止膜と、を備え、前記反射防止膜は、最外面に位置する低屈折率層を有し、前記低屈折率層の光屈折率は前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも小さくなっており、前記緩衝層の光屈折率は前記低屈折率層の光屈折率よりも大きくなっており、かつ、前記緩衝層の厚みは前記低屈折率層の厚みよりも大きくなっていることを特徴とする表示装置である。 The present invention comprises: a display unit that emits light for displaying an image to the viewer side; and a display front plate disposed on the viewer side with respect to the display unit, wherein the display front plate is A buffer layer provided on the observer side or the display unit side of the support member including at least the transparent substrate, and an antireflection film provided on the buffer layer, and the antireflection film is located on the outermost surface. A low refractive index layer, wherein the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer is smaller than the light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member, and the light refractive index of the buffer layer is the low refractive index layer And the thickness of the buffer layer is larger than the thickness of the low refractive index layer.
 本発明による表示装置において、前記表示部が、センサ部を含むタッチパネルセンサを有していてもよい。 In the display device according to the present invention, the display unit may include a touch panel sensor including a sensor unit.
 本発明による表示装置において、前記表示部が、カラーフィルタをさらに有していてもよい。 In the display device according to the present invention, the display unit may further include a color filter.
 本発明による表示装置において、前記タッチパネルセンサが、前記カラーフィルタと一体に形成されていてもよい。 In the display device according to the present invention, the touch panel sensor may be formed integrally with the color filter.
 本発明による表示装置において、前記表示用前面板が、センサ部を含むタッチパネルセンサを有していてもよい。 In the display device according to the present invention, the display front plate may include a touch panel sensor including a sensor unit.
 本発明による表示装置において、前記センサ部が前記表示用前面板の前記支持部材の前記透明基板の観察者側の面上または表示部側の面上に形成されていてもよい。 In the display device according to the present invention, the sensor unit may be formed on a viewer side surface or a display unit side surface of the transparent substrate of the support member of the display front plate.
 本発明によれば、高い耐擦傷性を有する表示用前面板を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a display front plate having high scratch resistance can be provided.
図1は、本発明の第1の実施の形態による表示装置を示す断面図。FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to a first embodiment of the present invention. 図2は、本発明の第1の実施の形態による表示用前面板の製造方法を示す図。FIG. 2 is a view showing a method for manufacturing the display front plate according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 図3は、緩衝層の総変形量および弾性変形量を説明するための図。FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining the total deformation amount and elastic deformation amount of the buffer layer. 図4(a)(b)は、本発明の第1の実施の形態による表示用前面板に押圧体が押し込まれる様子を示す図。4A and 4B are views showing a state in which the pressing body is pushed into the display front plate according to the first embodiment of the present invention. 図5A(a)(b)は、第1の比較の形態による表示用前面板に押圧体が押し込まれる様子を示す図。5A (a) and 5 (b) are views showing a state in which the pressing body is pushed into the display front plate according to the first comparative embodiment. 図5B(a)(b)は、第2の比較の形態による表示用前面板に押圧体が押し込まれる様子を示す図。FIGS. 5B (a) and 5 (b) are views showing a state in which the pressing body is pushed into the display front plate according to the second comparative embodiment. 図6は、本発明の第2の実施の形態による表示用前面板において、反射防止膜の低屈折率層を拡大して示す図。FIG. 6 is an enlarged view showing a low refractive index layer of the antireflection film in the display front plate according to the second embodiment of the present invention. 図7は、本発明の第3の実施の形態による表示装置を示す断面図。FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to a third embodiment of the present invention. 図8は、本発明の第4の実施の形態による表示装置を示す断面図。FIG. 8 is a sectional view showing a display device according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention. 図9は、本発明の第4の実施の形態の変形例による表示装置を示す断面図。FIG. 9 is a sectional view showing a display device according to a modification of the fourth embodiment of the present invention. 図10は、意匠部を備えた表示装置の例を示す断面図。FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a display device including a design portion. 図11は、本発明の第5の実施の形態による表示用前面板を示す断面図。FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing a display front plate according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention. 図12は、図11に示す表示用前面板がさらに保護層を含む例を示す断面図。12 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 11 further includes a protective layer. 図13は、本発明の第5の実施の形態の変形例による表示用前面板を示す断面図。FIG. 13: is sectional drawing which shows the display front board by the modification of the 5th Embodiment of this invention. 図14は、本発明の第6の実施の形態による表示用前面板を示す断面図。FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view showing a display front plate according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention. 図15は、本発明の第6の実施の形態の変形例による表示用前面板を示す断面図。FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view showing a display front plate according to a modification of the sixth embodiment of the present invention. 図16は、本発明の第7の実施の形態による表示装置を示す断面図。FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention. 図17は、図16に示す表示装置がさらに接着層を含む例を示す断面図。17 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an example in which the display device illustrated in FIG. 16 further includes an adhesive layer. 図18Aは、タッチパネルセンサの一例を示す平面図。FIG. 18A is a plan view illustrating an example of a touch panel sensor. 図18Bは、図18AのタッチパネルセンサをXVIIIB-XVIIIB方向から見た断面図。18B is a cross-sectional view of the touch panel sensor of FIG. 18A viewed from the XVIIIB-XVIIIB direction. 図18Cは、図18AのタッチパネルセンサをXVIIIC-XVIIIC方向から見た断面図。18C is a cross-sectional view of the touch panel sensor of FIG. 18A viewed from the XVIIIC-XVIIIC direction. 図19は、図16に示すタッチパネルセンサが信号処理部を有する例を示す断面図。19 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an example in which the touch panel sensor illustrated in FIG. 16 includes a signal processing unit. 図20は、図17に示すタッチパネルセンサが信号処理部を有する例を示す断面図。20 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an example in which the touch panel sensor illustrated in FIG. 17 includes a signal processing unit. 図21は、本発明の第8の実施の形態による表示装置を示す断面図。FIG. 21 is a sectional view showing a display device according to an eighth embodiment of the present invention. 図22は、表示部のLCDパネルを示す断面図。FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view showing an LCD panel of a display unit. 図23は、図21に示す表示装置がさらに光学補償フィルムを含む例を示す断面図。FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display device shown in FIG. 21 further includes an optical compensation film. 図24は、表示装置を形成するために用いられる中間製品の一例を示す図。FIG. 24 is a diagram showing an example of an intermediate product used for forming a display device. 図25は、表示装置を形成するために用いられる中間製品の一例を示す図。FIG. 25 is a diagram illustrating an example of an intermediate product used to form a display device. 図26は、表示装置を形成するために用いられる中間製品の一例を示す図。FIG. 26 is a diagram illustrating an example of an intermediate product used for forming a display device. 図27は、図21に示す表示装置の変形例を示す断面図。27 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification of the display device shown in FIG. 図28は、図23に示す表示装置の変形例を示す断面図。28 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification of the display device shown in FIG. 図29は、図24に示す中間製品の変形例を示す断面図。29 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification of the intermediate product shown in FIG. 図30は、図25に示す中間製品の変形例を示す断面図。30 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification of the intermediate product shown in FIG. 図31は、図26に示す中間製品の変形例を示す断面図。31 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification of the intermediate product shown in FIG. 図32は、タッチパネルセンサ一体型カラーフィルタの一例を示す断面図。FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a touch panel sensor integrated color filter. 図33は、図32に示すタッチパネルセンサ一体型カラーフィルタを含む表示装置を示す断面図。33 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device including the touch panel sensor integrated color filter shown in FIG. 図34は、本発明の第9の実施の形態による表示装置を示す断面図。FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to a ninth embodiment of the present invention. 図35は、表示装置を形成するために用いられる中間製品の一例を示す図。FIG. 35 is a diagram showing an example of an intermediate product used for forming a display device. 図36は、本発明の第10の実施の形態による表示用前面板を示す断面図。FIG. 36 is a sectional view showing a display front plate according to the tenth embodiment of the present invention. 図37は、タッチパネルセンサを有する表示用前面板を備えた表示装置の一例を示す断面図。FIG. 37 is a cross-sectional view illustrating an example of a display device including a display front plate having a touch panel sensor. 図38は、本発明の第10の実施の形態の変形例による表示用前面板を示す断面図。FIG. 38 is a sectional view showing a display front plate according to a modification of the tenth embodiment of the present invention. 図39は、本発明の第10の実施の形態の変形例による表示用前面板を示す断面図。FIG. 39 is a sectional view showing a display front plate according to a modification of the tenth embodiment of the present invention. 図40は、本発明の第10の実施の形態の変形例による表示用前面板を示す断面図。FIG. 40 is a cross-sectional view showing a display front plate according to a modification of the tenth embodiment of the present invention. 図41は、図36に示す表示用前面板がさらに偏光板を有する例を示す断面図。41 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 36 further includes a polarizing plate. 図42は、図41に示す表示用前面板がさらにカラーフィルタを有する例を示す断面図。FIG. 42 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 41 further has a color filter. 図43は、本発明の第11の実施の形態において、センサ部と一体に形成された表示用前面板を示す断面図。FIG. 43 is a cross-sectional view showing a display front plate formed integrally with a sensor portion in an eleventh embodiment of the present invention. 図44は、図43に示す表示用前面板がさらに接着層を有する例を示す断面図。44 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 43 further has an adhesive layer. 図45は、図43に示す表示用前面板がさらに信号処理部を有する例を示す断面図。FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 43 further has a signal processing unit. 図46は、図44に示す表示用前面板がさらに信号処理部を有する例を示す断面図。FIG. 46 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 44 further has a signal processing unit. 図47は、図45に示す表示用前面板がさらに偏光板を有する例を示す断面図。47 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 45 further includes a polarizing plate. 図48は、図47に示す表示用前面板がさらにカラーフィルタを有する例を示す断面図。FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the display front plate shown in FIG. 47 further has a color filter. 図49は、本発明の第1の実施の形態の変形例による表示装置を示す断面図。FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to a modification of the first embodiment of the present invention. 図50は、本発明の第3の実施の形態の変形例による表示装置を示す断面図。FIG. 50 is a sectional view showing a display device according to a modification of the third embodiment of the present invention. 図51Aは、本発明の第11の実施の形態の変形例による表示用前面板を示す断面図。FIG. 51A is a cross-sectional view showing a display front plate according to a modification of the eleventh embodiment of the present invention. 図51Bは、図51Aに示す表示用前面板のセンサ部および緩衝層の一形態例を示す断面図。FIG. 51B is a cross-sectional view showing one embodiment of the sensor portion and the buffer layer of the display front plate shown in FIG. 51A. 図52Aは、支持部材が、透明基板上に設けられた不可視化層をさらに含む例を示す断面図。FIG. 52A is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the support member further includes an invisible layer provided on the transparent substrate. 図52Bは、支持部材が、透明基板上に設けられたガード層をさらに含む例を示す断面図。FIG. 52B is a cross-sectional view showing an example in which the support member further includes a guard layer provided on the transparent substrate. 図53は、追加実施例における耐擦傷性の評価結果を示す図。FIG. 53 is a diagram showing an evaluation result of scratch resistance in an additional example. 図54は、反射防止フィルムを用いた表示用前面板の製造方法を示した断面図。FIG. 54 is a cross-sectional view showing a method for manufacturing a display front plate using an antireflection film.
 第1の実施の形態
 以下、本発明に係る表示用前面板の第1の実施の形態について、図1および図2を参照して説明する。はじめに、表示用前面板40を備えた表示装置70全体について説明する。
First Embodiment Hereinafter, a first embodiment of a display front plate according to the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 1 and FIG. First, the entire display device 70 including the display front plate 40 will be described.
 表示装置
 図1に示すように、表示装置70は、LCD、PDP、有機ELなどの、映像を表示するための光を生成するとともに生成された光を観察者に向けて放射する表示部50と、表示部50に対して観察者側に配置された表示用前面板40と、を備えている。これら表示部50および表示用前面板40は、映像を表示させるための表示領域と、表示領域の周縁に位置する非表示領域とに区画されていてもよい。
Display Device As shown in FIG. 1, the display device 70 includes a display unit 50 that generates light for displaying an image and emits the generated light toward an observer, such as an LCD, a PDP, and an organic EL. The display front plate 40 is disposed on the viewer side with respect to the display unit 50. The display unit 50 and the display front plate 40 may be partitioned into a display area for displaying an image and a non-display area located at the periphery of the display area.
 表示用前面板
 表示用前面板40は、表示部50を保護するために設けられるものである。この表示用前面板40は、略矩形状からなる透明基板20と、透明基板20の観察者側に設けられた緩衝層60と、緩衝層60の観察者側に設けられた反射防止膜30と、を備えている。透明基板20は、表示部50を保護する保護部材として機能するとともに、緩衝層60を支持する支持部材としても機能する。図1に示すように、表示用前面板40において、反射防止膜30が観察者側の最外面の層(膜)となっている。
Display Front Plate The display front plate 40 is provided to protect the display unit 50. The display front plate 40 includes a transparent substrate 20 having a substantially rectangular shape, a buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, and an antireflection film 30 provided on the observer side of the buffer layer 60. It is equipped with. The transparent substrate 20 functions as a protective member that protects the display unit 50 and also functions as a support member that supports the buffer layer 60. As shown in FIG. 1, in the display front plate 40, the antireflection film 30 is the outermost layer (film) on the viewer side.
 なお本明細書において、「層」、「膜」の用語は、呼称の違いのみに基づいて互いから区別されるものではない。従って、例えば「膜」は、層とも呼ばれ得るような部材や部分も含む概念となっている。 In the present specification, the terms “layer” and “film” are not distinguished from each other only based on the difference in names. Therefore, for example, “film” is a concept including members and parts that can also be called layers.
 以下、表示用前面板40を構成する各要素について詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, each element constituting the display front plate 40 will be described in detail.
 (透明基板)
 はじめに透明基板20について説明する。透明基板20の材料は、表示部50からの光を外部に取り出すことができる限り特に限定されるものではない。例えば、透明基板20の材料として、光透過性や耐久性等を考慮して、ガラスやポリマー等が用いられる。本実施の形態においては、透明基板20の材料としてガラスが用いられており、その光屈折率は例えば1.50となっている。透明基板20の厚みは、表示用前面板40に求められる強度や表示部50の寸法等に応じて適宜設定されるが、例えば0.1~1.5mmの範囲内となっている。なお本明細書において、光屈折率は、波長550nmの光に対する屈折率となっている。屈折率の測定方法は特に限定されないが、分光反射スペクトルから算出する方法、エリプソメーターを用いて測定する方法及びアッベ法を挙げることができる。
 エリプソメーターとしてはジョバンーイーボン社製UVSELが挙げられる。
 なお、本件の屈折率はテクノ・シナジー社製DF1030Rにて測定した値である。
 本明細書において規定される厚みは、一般的な測定方法によって得られる厚みとなっている。例えば、厚みの測定方法として、触針で表面をなぞり凹凸を検出することによって厚みを算出する触針式の方法や、分光反射スペクトルに基づいて厚みを算出する光学式の方法等を挙げることができる。例えば後述する追加実施例においては、ケーエルエー・テンコール株式会社製の触針式膜厚計P-15を用いて厚みを測定した。なお、本明細書において規定される厚みとして、対象となる部材の複数個所における厚み測定結果の平均値が用いられてもよい。
(Transparent substrate)
First, the transparent substrate 20 will be described. The material of the transparent substrate 20 is not particularly limited as long as the light from the display unit 50 can be extracted to the outside. For example, glass, polymer, or the like is used as a material for the transparent substrate 20 in consideration of light transmittance, durability, and the like. In the present embodiment, glass is used as the material of the transparent substrate 20, and its optical refractive index is, for example, 1.50. The thickness of the transparent substrate 20 is appropriately set according to the strength required for the display front plate 40, the dimensions of the display unit 50, and the like, but is in the range of 0.1 to 1.5 mm, for example. In this specification, the light refractive index is the refractive index for light having a wavelength of 550 nm. The method for measuring the refractive index is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of calculating from a spectral reflection spectrum, a method of measuring using an ellipsometer, and an Abbe method.
An example of the ellipsometer is UVSEL manufactured by Joban-Evon.
The refractive index in this case is a value measured with DF1030R manufactured by Techno Synergy.
The thickness specified in this specification is a thickness obtained by a general measurement method. For example, as a method for measuring the thickness, there are a stylus type method for calculating the thickness by tracing the surface with a stylus and detecting an unevenness, an optical method for calculating the thickness based on the spectral reflection spectrum, and the like. it can. For example, in an additional example to be described later, the thickness was measured using a stylus film thickness meter P-15 manufactured by KLA-Tencor Corporation. In addition, as a thickness prescribed | regulated in this specification, the average value of the thickness measurement result in several places of the member used as object may be used.
 (反射防止膜)
 次に反射防止膜30について説明する。反射防止膜30は、表示装置70の観察者側の最外面における外光の反射を低減するために設けられる膜である。この反射防止膜30は、図1に示すように、観察者側の最外面に位置する低屈折率層31を有している。
(Antireflection film)
Next, the antireflection film 30 will be described. The antireflection film 30 is a film provided to reduce reflection of external light on the outermost surface on the viewer side of the display device 70. As shown in FIG. 1, the antireflection film 30 has a low refractive index layer 31 located on the outermost surface on the viewer side.
 低屈折率層31の光屈折率は、反射防止膜30における外光の反射を少なくするため、透明基板20の光屈折率よりも小さくなっている。本実施の形態においては、低屈折率層31の光屈折率は、ガラスからなる透明基板20の光屈折率である1.50よりも小さくなっており、好ましくは1.35よりも小さくなっている。これによって、反射防止膜30における外光の反射を低減することができる。 The light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 is smaller than the light refractive index of the transparent substrate 20 in order to reduce reflection of external light in the antireflection film 30. In the present embodiment, the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 is smaller than 1.50 which is the light refractive index of the transparent substrate 20 made of glass, and preferably smaller than 1.35. Yes. Thereby, reflection of external light in the antireflection film 30 can be reduced.
 このような低屈折率層31を構成する材料としては、光透過性を有するとともに所望の光屈折率が実現される限りにおいて特に限定されず、周知の材料が用いられる。例えば低屈折率層31の材料として、ポリクロロトリフルオロエチレン(PCTFE)、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン(PTFE)、四フッ化エチレン・六フッ化プロピレン共重合体(FEP)などのフッ素樹脂を用いることができる。また低屈折率層31として、特開2005-43749号公報に開示されているような、含フッ素ビニルモノマー重合単位および側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有する重合単位を含む低屈折率層が用いられてもよい。 The material constituting such a low refractive index layer 31 is not particularly limited as long as it has optical transparency and a desired optical refractive index is realized, and a known material is used. For example, as the material of the low refractive index layer 31, a fluororesin such as polychlorotrifluoroethylene (PCTFE), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), tetrafluoroethylene / hexafluoropropylene copolymer (FEP), or the like is used. it can. Further, as the low refractive index layer 31, a low refractive index layer containing a fluorine-containing vinyl monomer polymerization unit and a polymerization unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain as disclosed in JP-A-2005-43749 is used. May be.
 また光の干渉が生じるのを防ぐため、低屈折率層31の厚みは、可視光の波長の1/4よりもほぼ小さくなっている。例えば、低屈折率層31の厚みは、90~120nmの範囲内となっている。これによって、低屈折率層31において光の干渉が生じるのを防ぐことができる。 In order to prevent light interference, the thickness of the low refractive index layer 31 is substantially smaller than ¼ of the wavelength of visible light. For example, the thickness of the low refractive index layer 31 is in the range of 90 to 120 nm. This can prevent light interference in the low refractive index layer 31.
 (緩衝層)
 次に緩衝層60について説明する。緩衝層60は、外部からの応力が反射防止膜30の低屈折率層31に印加された場合に、この応力を緩和するために設けられるものである。この緩衝層60は、所定の弾性変形特性および所定の硬度を有している。このため、低屈折率層31に応力が印加されている間、緩衝層60が弾性変形することにより低屈折率層31に印加される応力を適切に緩和することができ、また応力が取り除かれた後には、緩衝層60の形状が弾性的にほぼ元通りになることにより低屈折率層31の形状をほぼ元通りにすることができる。これによって、低屈折率層31が破断することや、低屈折率層31に凹みが形成されたままとなるのを防ぐことができる。
(Buffer layer)
Next, the buffer layer 60 will be described. The buffer layer 60 is provided to relieve the stress when an external stress is applied to the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30. The buffer layer 60 has a predetermined elastic deformation characteristic and a predetermined hardness. For this reason, while the stress is applied to the low refractive index layer 31, the buffer layer 60 is elastically deformed so that the stress applied to the low refractive index layer 31 can be appropriately relaxed, and the stress is removed. After that, the shape of the buffer layer 60 is elastically restored to the original shape, whereby the shape of the low refractive index layer 31 can be substantially restored. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the low refractive index layer 31 from being broken and the low refractive index layer 31 from being left depressed.
 上述の機能を緩衝層60に付与するため、緩衝層60の光屈折率は、反射防止膜30の低屈折率層31の光屈折率よりも大きくなるよう設定されている。上述のように、一般に、層を構成する材料の光屈折率を低くすることと、層を構成する材料の耐擦傷性を高くすることはトレードオフの関係にある。従って、緩衝層60の光屈折率が低屈折率層31の光屈折率よりも大きくなるよう緩衝層60を構成することによって、低屈折率層31よりも大きな耐擦傷性を緩衝層60に付与することができる。このことにより、低屈折率層31が破断することや、低屈折率層31に凹みが形成されたままとなるのを防ぐことができる。 In order to provide the above function to the buffer layer 60, the light refractive index of the buffer layer 60 is set to be larger than the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30. As described above, generally, there is a trade-off relationship between reducing the optical refractive index of the material constituting the layer and increasing the scratch resistance of the material constituting the layer. Therefore, the buffer layer 60 is configured such that the light refractive index of the buffer layer 60 is larger than the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31, thereby providing the buffer layer 60 with greater scratch resistance than the low refractive index layer 31. can do. As a result, the low refractive index layer 31 can be prevented from being broken, and the low refractive index layer 31 can be kept from being depressed.
 また上述の機能を緩衝層60に付与するため、緩衝層60の厚みは好ましくは0.5μm以上、より好ましくは1μm以上となっている。このように、緩衝層60の厚みを、低屈折率層31の厚みに比べて十分に大きくすることにより、低屈折率層31に印加される応力を適切に緩和することができる。 Moreover, in order to provide the above-mentioned function to the buffer layer 60, the thickness of the buffer layer 60 is preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more. Thus, by making the thickness of the buffer layer 60 sufficiently larger than the thickness of the low refractive index layer 31, the stress applied to the low refractive index layer 31 can be moderated appropriately.
 また、緩衝層60に対して5mNの荷重でビッカース圧子を押し込んだ際のビッカース硬さは好ましくは50~100の範囲内となっており、より好ましくは60~90の範囲内となっている。これによって、緩衝層60に適度な強度を付与することができる。なお本実施の形態において、ビッカース硬さとはJIS Z 2244に規定されるビッカース硬さであり、例えば以下のようにして測定される。 Further, the Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer 60 with a load of 5 mN is preferably in the range of 50 to 100, more preferably in the range of 60 to 90. Thereby, an appropriate strength can be imparted to the buffer layer 60. In the present embodiment, the Vickers hardness is a Vickers hardness defined in JIS Z 2244, and is measured, for example, as follows.
 はじめに、適切な基板、例えば1.1mmの厚みを有するガラス板の上に、2.5μmの厚みを有する緩衝層60を設ける。次に、緩衝層60に対してビッカース圧子を押し込み荷重5mNで押し込む。この際ビッカース圧子の荷重時間、保持時間および減重時間は例えばそれぞれ20秒、5秒および20秒となっている。その後、緩衝層60に形成された凹みの面積を計測する。このような計測を複数回、例えば3回行い、計測された凹みの面積の平均値に基づいて、緩衝層60のビッカース硬さを算出する。 First, a buffer layer 60 having a thickness of 2.5 μm is provided on a suitable substrate, for example, a glass plate having a thickness of 1.1 mm. Next, a Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer 60 with a load of 5 mN. At this time, the loading time, holding time, and weight loss time of the Vickers indenter are, for example, 20 seconds, 5 seconds, and 20 seconds, respectively. Then, the area of the dent formed in the buffer layer 60 is measured. Such measurement is performed a plurality of times, for example, three times, and the Vickers hardness of the buffer layer 60 is calculated based on the average value of the measured area of the recesses.
 さらに、上述のように緩衝層60に対して5mNの荷重でビッカース圧子を押し込んだ際の、緩衝層60の総変形量に対する緩衝層60の弾性変形量の割合は、0.55以上となっており、より好ましくは0.60以上となっている。これによって、低屈折率層31が破断することや、低屈折率層31に凹みが形成されたままとなるのを防ぐことができる。なお本実施の形態において、「弾性変形量の割合」は、以下のようにして算出される。 Furthermore, the ratio of the elastic deformation amount of the buffer layer 60 to the total deformation amount of the buffer layer 60 when the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer 60 with a load of 5 mN as described above is 0.55 or more. More preferably, it is 0.60 or more. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the low refractive index layer 31 from being broken and the low refractive index layer 31 from being left depressed. In the present embodiment, the “ratio of elastic deformation” is calculated as follows.
 緩衝層60に対して5mNの荷重でビッカース圧子を押し込んだ際には、緩衝層60は、図3に示すようなヒステリシス曲線(押し込み荷重-変形量)を描いて変形する。図3に示すように、緩衝層60は、押し込み荷重が“0”の初期点Oから押し込み荷重が5mNの中間点Oまで変形した後、中間点Oから中間点Oまで所定の保持時間だけ5mNの押し込み荷重で保持され、その後、押し込み荷重が開放される。これにより、最終的に、緩衝層60の変形量は最終点Oに至る。このとき、緩衝層60が完全弾性体であれば最終点Oの変形量は“0”となるが、実際には緩衝層60が完全弾性体であることはなく、最終点Oでの変形量は正の量として残る。この量が塑性変形量であり、ビッカース圧子による押し込みを終了した時点(中間点O)での変形量を総変形量とすれば、この総変形量から前記の塑性変形量を差し引いた分が弾性変形量となる。このようにして定義される各変形量を用いて、「弾性変形量の割合」が、(弾性変形量)/(総変形量)として定義される。 When the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer 60 with a load of 5 mN, the buffer layer 60 is deformed by drawing a hysteresis curve (indentation load-deformation amount) as shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, after the buffer layer 60 is deformed from the initial point O 1 where the indentation load is “0” to the intermediate point O 2 where the indentation load is 5 mN, a predetermined distance from the intermediate point O 2 to the intermediate point O 3 is obtained. The indentation load of 5 mN is held for the holding time, and then the indentation load is released. Thereby, finally, the deformation amount of the buffer layer 60 reaches the final point O 4 . At this time, if the buffer layer 60 is a complete elastic body, the deformation amount of the final point O 4 is “0”, but actually the buffer layer 60 is not a complete elastic body, and at the final point O 4 . The amount of deformation remains as a positive amount. This amount is the amount of plastic deformation. If the amount of deformation at the time when the indentation by the Vickers indenter is finished (intermediate point O 3 ) is the total amount of deformation, the amount obtained by subtracting the amount of plastic deformation from this total amount of deformation The amount of elastic deformation. Using the respective deformation amounts thus defined, the “ratio of elastic deformation amount” is defined as (elastic deformation amount) / (total deformation amount).
 緩衝層60における上述のビッカース硬さ、総変形量および弾性変形量を測定する測定装置は特には限られないが、例えば、測定装置として微小硬度計(装置名:フィッシャースコープH-100 フィッシャーインスツルメンツ社製)が用いられる。測定装置に含まれるビッカース圧子、測定器および解析ソフトは、例えば以下のものとなっている。
 圧子:ダイヤモンド製の四角錐圧子(先端対面角度136°)
 測定器:HU-100(株式会社 フィッシャーインストルメンツ)
 解析ソフト:WIN-HCU(株式会社 フィッシャーインストルメンツ)
 このような測定装置を用いて緩衝層60の物性を評価した結果に基づいて、弾性変形量の割合、ビッカース硬さが解析ソフトにより算出される。
The measuring device for measuring the above-mentioned Vickers hardness, total deformation amount, and elastic deformation amount in the buffer layer 60 is not particularly limited. For example, a microhardness meter (device name: Fisherscope H-100 Fisher Instruments Co., Ltd.) is used as the measuring device. Made). The Vickers indenter, measuring instrument, and analysis software included in the measuring device are, for example, as follows.
Indenter: Diamond pyramid indenter (tip facing angle 136 °)
Measuring instrument: HU-100 (Fisher Instruments Inc.)
Analysis software: WIN-HCU (Fisher Instruments Inc.)
Based on the result of evaluating the physical properties of the buffer layer 60 using such a measuring device, the ratio of the elastic deformation amount and the Vickers hardness are calculated by the analysis software.
 好ましくは、緩衝層60の光屈折率は、透明基板20の光屈折率との差の絶対値が0.03以下となるよう設定されている。例えば、透明基板20として1.50の光屈折率を有するガラスが用いられる場合、緩衝層60の光屈折率が1.47~1.53の範囲内に設定される。これによって、緩衝層60と透明基板20との間の界面で光が反射するのを防ぐことができる。 Preferably, the light refractive index of the buffer layer 60 is set so that the absolute value of the difference from the light refractive index of the transparent substrate 20 is 0.03 or less. For example, when glass having an optical refractive index of 1.50 is used as the transparent substrate 20, the optical refractive index of the buffer layer 60 is set within a range of 1.47 to 1.53. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent light from being reflected at the interface between the buffer layer 60 and the transparent substrate 20.
 緩衝層60の材料は、所定の光透過性を有するとともに、上述の特性を満たすよう選択される。例えば緩衝層60の材料として、アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ノボラック樹脂等が用いられる。このうちアクリル樹脂としては、例えば、ウレタンアクリレート、エポキシアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレート、ポリオールアクリレート、ポリエーテルアクリレート、メラミンアクリレートなどが挙げられる。 The material of the buffer layer 60 is selected so as to have a predetermined light transmittance and satisfy the above-described characteristics. For example, an acrylic resin, an epoxy resin, a novolac resin, or the like is used as a material for the buffer layer 60. Among these, examples of the acrylic resin include urethane acrylate, epoxy acrylate, polyester acrylate, polyol acrylate, polyether acrylate, and melamine acrylate.
 緩衝層60の材料となる樹脂を得る方法は特には限られないが、例えば、樹脂を形成しうるモノマー、オリゴマー、ポリマーなどの有機材料に光重合開始剤を配合することにより得られる。例えば、ウレタンアクリレート樹脂は、ポリエステルポリオールにイソシアネートモノマー、あるいはプレポリマーを反応させ、得られた生成物に、水酸基を有するアクリレートまたはメタクリレート系のモノマーを反応させることによって得られる。また、光重合開始剤としては、例えば、ベンゾフェノン誘導体、アセトフェノン誘導体、アントラキノン誘導体などが単独で、あるいは併用して用いられる。 The method for obtaining the resin used as the material of the buffer layer 60 is not particularly limited. For example, it can be obtained by blending a photopolymerization initiator with an organic material such as a monomer, oligomer, or polymer that can form the resin. For example, a urethane acrylate resin is obtained by reacting a polyester polyol with an isocyanate monomer or a prepolymer, and reacting the resulting product with an acrylate or methacrylate monomer having a hydroxyl group. Moreover, as a photoinitiator, a benzophenone derivative, an acetophenone derivative, an anthraquinone derivative etc. are used individually or in combination, for example.
 次に、このような構成からなる本実施の形態の作用および効果について説明する。はじめに、表示用前面板40および表示装置70の製造方法について説明する。 Next, the operation and effect of the present embodiment having such a configuration will be described. First, a method for manufacturing the display front plate 40 and the display device 70 will be described.
 表示用前面板の製造方法
 まず、透明基板20が準備される(図2(a)参照)。
Method for Manufacturing Display Front Plate First, a transparent substrate 20 is prepared (see FIG. 2A).
 次に、透明基板20の観察者側(図2(b)の上方側)に緩衝層60が形成される。この際、緩衝層60を形成するための具体的な方法が特に限られることはない。
 例えば、緩衝層60用の材料を含む塗布液を透明基板20上に塗布することにより、緩衝層60を形成することができる。このとき、塗布液は、ダイコート法、スピンコート法またはディップコート法などのウェット法で透明基板20の全域にわたって塗布されてもよく、若しくは、インクジェット法により透明基板20上に点状に塗布されてもよい。また塗布方法として、グラビア印刷、オフセット印刷、シルクスクリーン印刷などの公知の印刷法が用いられてもよい。なお塗布液とは、上述の緩衝層60用の材料からなる固形分と、適切な溶媒とを混合することにより構成されるものである。塗布液全体に対する固形分の比率は、塗布方法に応じて適宜設定されるが、好ましくは5~30重量%の範囲内となっており、より好ましくは約20%重量となっている。
 若しくは、シート状またはフィルム状の緩衝層60を準備し、これを接着剤やテープなどの接着層を介して透明基板20に貼り付けてもよい。この場合、透明基板20からはみ出た緩衝層60が適切に切断されてもよい。
 なお、緩衝層60用の材料を含む塗布液を透明基板20上に塗布することにより緩衝層60が形成される場合、透明基板20の観察者側の面上に直接的に緩衝層60が設けられることになる。ここで「直接的」とは、緩衝層60が透明基板20の面に少なくとも部分的に接触していることを意味している。
Next, the buffer layer 60 is formed on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20 (the upper side in FIG. 2B). At this time, a specific method for forming the buffer layer 60 is not particularly limited.
For example, the buffer layer 60 can be formed by applying a coating solution containing a material for the buffer layer 60 onto the transparent substrate 20. At this time, the coating solution may be applied over the entire area of the transparent substrate 20 by a wet method such as a die coating method, a spin coating method, or a dip coating method, or may be applied in a spot shape on the transparent substrate 20 by an inkjet method. Also good. As a coating method, a known printing method such as gravure printing, offset printing, silk screen printing, or the like may be used. In addition, a coating liquid is comprised by mixing solid content which consists of the material for the above-mentioned buffer layers 60, and a suitable solvent. The ratio of the solid content to the entire coating solution is appropriately set depending on the coating method, but is preferably in the range of 5 to 30% by weight, and more preferably about 20% by weight.
Alternatively, a sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 may be prepared and attached to the transparent substrate 20 via an adhesive layer such as an adhesive or a tape. In this case, the buffer layer 60 protruding from the transparent substrate 20 may be appropriately cut.
In addition, when the buffer layer 60 is formed by apply | coating the coating liquid containing the material for the buffer layer 60 on the transparent substrate 20, the buffer layer 60 is directly provided on the surface of the observer side of the transparent substrate 20. Will be. Here, “directly” means that the buffer layer 60 is at least partially in contact with the surface of the transparent substrate 20.
 その後、緩衝層60の観察者側に低屈折率層31が形成される(図2(c)参照)。これによって、低屈折率層31からなる反射防止膜30が緩衝層60の観察者側に形成される。この際、低屈折率層31を形成するための具体的な方法が特に限られることはない。
 例えば、低屈折率層31用の材料を含む塗布液を緩衝層60上に塗布することにより、低屈折率層31を形成することができる。このとき、塗布液は、ダイコート法、スピンコート法またはディップコート法などのウェット法で緩衝層60の全域にわたって塗布されてもよく、若しくは、インクジェット法により緩衝層60上に点状に塗布されてもよい。また塗布方法として、グラビア印刷、オフセット印刷、シルクスクリーン印刷などの公知の印刷法が用いられてもよい。塗布液は、緩衝層60の場合と同様に、上述の低屈折率層31用の材料からなる固形分と、適切な溶媒とを混合することにより構成されている。塗布液全体に対する固形分の比率は、塗布方法に応じて適宜設定されるが、好ましくは0.5~10重量%の範囲内となっており、より好ましくは1~5重量%の範囲内となっている。
 若しくは、シート状またはフィルム状の低屈折率層31を準備し、これを接着剤やテープなどの接着層を介して緩衝層60に貼り付けてもよい。この場合、透明基板20からはみ出た低屈折率層31が適切に切断されてもよい。
 なお、低屈折率層31用の材料を含む塗布液を緩衝層60上に塗布することにより低屈折率層31が形成される場合、緩衝層60上に直接的に低屈折率層31が設けられることになる。ここで「直接的」とは、低屈折率層31が緩衝層60の面に少なくとも部分的に接触していることを意味している。
Thereafter, the low refractive index layer 31 is formed on the observer side of the buffer layer 60 (see FIG. 2C). Thereby, the antireflection film 30 made of the low refractive index layer 31 is formed on the observer side of the buffer layer 60. At this time, the specific method for forming the low refractive index layer 31 is not particularly limited.
For example, the low refractive index layer 31 can be formed by applying a coating solution containing a material for the low refractive index layer 31 on the buffer layer 60. At this time, the coating solution may be applied over the entire area of the buffer layer 60 by a wet method such as a die coating method, a spin coating method, or a dip coating method, or is applied to the buffer layer 60 in a dot shape by an inkjet method. Also good. As a coating method, a known printing method such as gravure printing, offset printing, silk screen printing, or the like may be used. As in the case of the buffer layer 60, the coating solution is configured by mixing a solid content made of the material for the low refractive index layer 31 and an appropriate solvent. The ratio of the solid content with respect to the entire coating solution is appropriately set depending on the coating method, but is preferably in the range of 0.5 to 10% by weight, more preferably in the range of 1 to 5% by weight. It has become.
Alternatively, a sheet-like or film-like low refractive index layer 31 may be prepared and attached to the buffer layer 60 through an adhesive layer such as an adhesive or a tape. In this case, the low refractive index layer 31 protruding from the transparent substrate 20 may be appropriately cut.
When the low refractive index layer 31 is formed by applying a coating liquid containing a material for the low refractive index layer 31 on the buffer layer 60, the low refractive index layer 31 is provided directly on the buffer layer 60. Will be. Here, “directly” means that the low refractive index layer 31 is at least partially in contact with the surface of the buffer layer 60.
 なお、緩衝層60または低屈折率層31がウェット法により形成される場合、緩衝層60または低屈折率層31は、乾燥された後で露光されたり、乾燥された後で加熱されたり、乾燥された後で露光および加熱されたり、乾燥のみされたりすることで硬化される。
 なお一般に、緩衝層60用材料または低屈折率層31用材料に紫外線硬化樹脂が含まれている場合には、緩衝層60または低屈折率層31を露光することで硬化が達成される。なお露光の際に所定のパターンを有するフォトマスクを用いることにより、露光、現像に基づくパターニング性が実現されてもよい。これによって、緩衝層60または低屈折率層31に所定のパターンを付与することが可能となる。
 また、緩衝層60用材料または低屈折率層31用材料に熱硬化樹脂が含まれている場合には、緩衝層60または低屈折率層31を加熱することにより硬化が達成される。
When the buffer layer 60 or the low refractive index layer 31 is formed by a wet method, the buffer layer 60 or the low refractive index layer 31 is exposed after being dried, heated after being dried, or dried. Then, it is cured by being exposed and heated, or only dried.
In general, when the material for the buffer layer 60 or the material for the low refractive index layer 31 contains an ultraviolet curable resin, curing is achieved by exposing the buffer layer 60 or the low refractive index layer 31. In addition, the patternability based on exposure and development may be implement | achieved by using the photomask which has a predetermined pattern in the case of exposure. Thereby, a predetermined pattern can be applied to the buffer layer 60 or the low refractive index layer 31.
Moreover, when the thermosetting resin is contained in the material for the buffer layer 60 or the material for the low refractive index layer 31, curing is achieved by heating the buffer layer 60 or the low refractive index layer 31.
 以上のようにして、透明基板20と、透明基板20の観察者側に設けられた緩衝層60と、緩衝層60の観察者側に設けられた反射防止膜30と、を備えた表示用前面板40が製造される。 As described above, the transparent substrate 20, the buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, and the antireflection film 30 provided on the observer side of the buffer layer 60 are provided before display. The face plate 40 is manufactured.
 表示装置の製造方法
 そして、このように製造された表示用前面板40を表示部50の観察者側に配置して取り付けることで表示装置70が製造される(図1参照)。
The display device 70 is manufactured by arranging and attaching the display front plate 40 thus manufactured to the viewer side of the display unit 50 (see FIG. 1).
 次に、本実施の形態の効果を、比較の形態と比較して説明する。図4(a)(b)は、本実施の形態の効果を説明するための図であり、本実施の形態による表示用前面板40に押圧体80が押し込まれる様子を示す図である。図5A(a)(b)は、第1の比較の形態による表示用前面板90に押圧体80が押し込まれる様子を示す図であり、図5B(a)(b)は、第2の比較の形態による表示用前面板95に押圧体80が押し込まれる様子を示す図である。 Next, the effect of this embodiment will be described in comparison with a comparative embodiment. FIGS. 4A and 4B are diagrams for explaining the effect of the present embodiment, and are diagrams showing a state in which the pressing body 80 is pushed into the display front plate 40 according to the present embodiment. FIGS. 5A (a) and 5 (b) are views showing a state in which the pressing body 80 is pushed into the display front plate 90 according to the first comparative embodiment, and FIGS. 5B (a) and 5 (b) show the second comparison. It is a figure which shows a mode that the press body 80 is pushed in into the display front board 95 by the form.
 第1の比較の形態
 はじめに図5A(a)(b)を参照して、第1の比較の形態による表示用前面板90について説明する。第1の比較の形態による表示用前面板90は、緩衝層60が設けられていない点が異なるのみであり、他の構成は、図1および図2に示す本実施の形態による表示用前面板40と略同一である。
First Comparison Mode First, a display front plate 90 according to a first comparison mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 5A (a) and 5 (b). The display front plate 90 according to the first comparative embodiment is different only in that the buffer layer 60 is not provided, and the other configuration is the display front plate according to the present embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 and 2. 40.
 図5A(a)は、押圧体80が押し込まれている状態の表示用前面板90を示す図であり、図5A(b)は、押圧体80が取り除かれた後の表示用前面板90を示す図である。図5A(a)(b)に示すように、表示用前面板90には緩衝層60が設けられていない。また一般に、透明基板20はガラスなどの硬質な材料から構成されている。このため、押圧体80から低屈折率層31に印加される応力は緩和されず、従って図5A(a)(b)に示すように、低屈折率層31に破断部91が形成されることが考えられる。 FIG. 5A (a) is a diagram showing the display front plate 90 in a state where the pressing body 80 is pushed in, and FIG. 5A (b) shows the display front plate 90 after the pressing body 80 is removed. FIG. As shown in FIGS. 5A (a) and 5 (b), the display front plate 90 is not provided with the buffer layer 60. In general, the transparent substrate 20 is made of a hard material such as glass. For this reason, the stress applied to the low refractive index layer 31 from the pressing body 80 is not relieved, and therefore, as shown in FIGS. 5A (a) and 5 (b), the fracture portion 91 is formed in the low refractive index layer 31. Can be considered.
 第2の比較の形態
 次に図5B(a)(b)を参照して、第2の比較の形態による表示用前面板95について説明する。第2の比較の形態による表示用前面板95においては、表示用前面板95の緩衝層97のビッカース硬さおよび弾性変形量の割合が、本実施の形態による表示用前面板40の緩衝層60のビッカース硬さおよび弾性変形量の割合よりも小さくなっている。
Second Comparison Mode Next, a display front plate 95 according to a second comparison mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 5B (a) and 5 (b). In the display front plate 95 according to the second comparative embodiment, the ratio of the Vickers hardness and the amount of elastic deformation of the buffer layer 97 of the display front plate 95 is the buffer layer 60 of the display front plate 40 according to the present embodiment. It is smaller than the ratio of the Vickers hardness and the amount of elastic deformation.
 図5B(a)は、押圧体80が押し込まれている状態の表示用前面板95を示す図であり、図5B(b)は、押圧体80が取り除かれた後の表示用前面板95を示す図である。図5B(a)に示すように、表示用前面板95には緩衝層97が設けられており、このため、押圧体80から低屈折率層31に印加される応力が緩和され得る。しかしながら、緩衝層97のビッカース硬さおよび弾性変形量の割合は、本実施の形態による表示用前面板40の緩衝層60のビッカース硬さおよび弾性変形量の割合よりも小さくなっている。このため、押圧体80が取り除かれた後、緩衝層97の形状は元通りにはならず、図5B(b)に示すように緩衝層97および低屈折率層31に凹部96が形成されたままとなっている。 5B (a) is a diagram showing the display front plate 95 in a state where the pressing body 80 is pushed in, and FIG. 5B (b) shows the display front plate 95 after the pressing body 80 is removed. FIG. As shown in FIG. 5B (a), the display front plate 95 is provided with a buffer layer 97. Therefore, the stress applied from the pressing body 80 to the low refractive index layer 31 can be relaxed. However, the ratio of the Vickers hardness and the amount of elastic deformation of the buffer layer 97 is smaller than the ratio of the Vickers hardness and the amount of elastic deformation of the buffer layer 60 of the display front plate 40 according to the present embodiment. For this reason, after the pressing body 80 is removed, the shape of the buffer layer 97 is not restored, and the recess 96 is formed in the buffer layer 97 and the low refractive index layer 31 as shown in FIG. 5B (b). It remains.
 本実施の形態の効果
 これに対して本実施の形態によれば、上述のように、反射防止膜30の低屈折率層31と透明基板20との間には緩衝層60が介在されている。この緩衝層60の厚みは0.5μm以上となっている。また、緩衝層60に対して5mNの荷重でビッカース圧子を押し込んだ際のビッカース硬さは50~100の範囲内となっており、かつ、その際の緩衝層60の総変形量に対する緩衝層60の弾性変形量の割合は0.55以上となっている。このため、図4(a)に示すように、押圧体80から低屈折率層31に印加される応力を緩衝層60により適切に緩和することができる。また図4(b)に示すように、押圧体80が取り除かれた後、緩衝層60の形状は、弾性的にほぼ元通りになる。このことにより、押圧体80が取り除かれた後に低屈折率層31に形成される凹部41の寸法を最小限に抑えることができる。
According to the present embodiment with respect to this in the present embodiment, as described above, the buffer layer 60 is interposed between the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30 and the transparent substrate 20 . The buffer layer 60 has a thickness of 0.5 μm or more. Further, the Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer 60 with a load of 5 mN is in the range of 50 to 100, and the buffer layer 60 with respect to the total deformation amount of the buffer layer 60 at that time. The ratio of the amount of elastic deformation is 0.55 or more. For this reason, as shown to Fig.4 (a), the stress applied to the low-refractive-index layer 31 from the press body 80 can be relieve | moderated appropriately by the buffer layer 60. FIG. Further, as shown in FIG. 4B, after the pressing body 80 is removed, the shape of the buffer layer 60 is elastically almost restored. Thus, the size of the recess 41 formed in the low refractive index layer 31 after the pressing body 80 is removed can be minimized.
 また本実施の形態によれば、緩衝層60の光屈折率は、透明基板20の光屈折率との差の絶対値が0.03以下となるよう設定されている。これによって、反射防止膜30の低屈折率層31と透明基板20との間に緩衝層60を設けることに起因して光の反射が増加するのを抑制することができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the optical refractive index of the buffer layer 60 is set so that the absolute value of the difference from the optical refractive index of the transparent substrate 20 is 0.03 or less. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress an increase in light reflection due to the provision of the buffer layer 60 between the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30 and the transparent substrate 20.
 変形例
 なお本実施の形態による表示用前面板40において、緩衝層60が透明基板20の観察者側に設けられ、反射防止膜30が緩衝層60の観察者側に設けられている例を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、図49に示すように、緩衝層60が透明基板20の表示部側に設けられ、反射防止膜30が緩衝層60の表示部50側に設けられていてもよい。この場合、図49に示すように、反射防止膜30の低屈折率層31は、反射防止膜30の表示部50側の最外面に位置している。なお「観察者側」とは、表示用前面板40を表示部50に対して配置する際に、観察者に向ける面を意味する。また「表示部側」とは、表示用前面板40を表示部50に対して配置する際に、表示部50に向ける面を意味する。
In the display front plate 40 according to the present embodiment, an example is shown in which the buffer layer 60 is provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20 and the antireflection film 30 is provided on the observer side of the buffer layer 60. It was. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and as shown in FIG. 49, the buffer layer 60 is provided on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20, and the antireflection film 30 is provided on the display unit 50 side of the buffer layer 60. Also good. In this case, as shown in FIG. 49, the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30 is located on the outermost surface of the antireflection film 30 on the display unit 50 side. The “observer side” means a surface facing the observer when the display front plate 40 is arranged with respect to the display unit 50. The “display unit side” means a surface facing the display unit 50 when the display front plate 40 is arranged with respect to the display unit 50.
 本変形例によれば、表示用前面板40の反射防止膜30により、表示部50からの光が表示用前面板40の表示部50側で反射するのを防ぐことができ、この結果、表示用前面板40における光透過率を向上させることができる。また、表示装置70の製造工程の際などに反射防止膜30の低屈折率層31に印加される応力を、緩衝層60によって適切に緩和することができる。これによって、反射防止膜30が傷つくことを防ぐことができる。 According to the present modification, the antireflection film 30 of the display front plate 40 can prevent light from the display unit 50 from being reflected on the display unit 50 side of the display front plate 40, and as a result, the display The light transmittance in the front plate 40 can be improved. Further, the stress applied to the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30 during the manufacturing process of the display device 70 can be appropriately relaxed by the buffer layer 60. Thereby, the antireflection film 30 can be prevented from being damaged.
 第2の実施の形態
 次に図6を参照して、本発明の第2の実施の形態について説明する。ここで図6は、本発明の第2の実施の形態による表示用前面板40において、反射防止膜30の低屈折率層31を拡大して示す図である。
Second Embodiment Next, a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 6 is an enlarged view showing the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30 in the display front plate 40 according to the second embodiment of the present invention.
 図6に示すように、本実施の形態において、低屈折率層31は、バインダー樹脂部31aと、バインダー樹脂部31a内に分散された複数の中空フィラー31bと、を含んでいる。中空フィラー31bの内部には空気などが充填されており、このため、低屈折率層31をバインダー樹脂部31aのみで構成する場合に比べて、低屈折率層31全体としての光屈折率が低くなっている。 As shown in FIG. 6, in the present embodiment, the low refractive index layer 31 includes a binder resin portion 31a and a plurality of hollow fillers 31b dispersed in the binder resin portion 31a. The hollow filler 31b is filled with air or the like. For this reason, the optical refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 as a whole is lower than that when the low refractive index layer 31 is composed only of the binder resin portion 31a. It has become.
 バインダー樹脂部31aの材料は特には限られないが、例えば、上述の第1の実施の形態において低屈折率層31の材料として挙げられているフッ素樹脂などが適宜用いられる。また中空フィラー31bとしては、中空になっているガラスビーズなどが用いられる。 Although the material of the binder resin portion 31a is not particularly limited, for example, the fluororesin mentioned as the material of the low refractive index layer 31 in the above-described first embodiment is appropriately used. As the hollow filler 31b, hollow glass beads or the like are used.
 好ましくは、低屈折率層31におけるバインダー樹脂部31aおよび中空フィラー31bそれぞれの体積率は、低屈折率層31全体としての光屈折率が1.35よりも小さくなるよう適宜設定される。ここで、低屈折率層31全体としての光屈折率は、バインダー樹脂部31aの光屈折率にバインダー樹脂部31aの体積率を掛けることにより算出される値と、中空フィラー31bの光屈折率に中空フィラー31bの体積率を掛けることにより算出される値と、を足し合わさることにより導かれる。 Preferably, the volume ratios of the binder resin portion 31a and the hollow filler 31b in the low refractive index layer 31 are appropriately set so that the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 as a whole is smaller than 1.35. Here, the optical refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 as a whole is obtained by multiplying the optical refractive index of the binder resin portion 31a by the volume ratio of the binder resin portion 31a and the optical refractive index of the hollow filler 31b. It is derived by adding the value calculated by multiplying the volume ratio of the hollow filler 31b.
 本実施の形態によれば、低屈折率層31は、バインダー樹脂部31aと、バインダー樹脂部31a内に分散された複数の中空フィラー31bと、を含んでいる。このため、低屈折率層31全体としての光屈折率をより低くすることができる。このことにより、反射防止膜30が外光の反射を防止する効果をより高くすることができる。 According to the present embodiment, the low refractive index layer 31 includes a binder resin portion 31a and a plurality of hollow fillers 31b dispersed in the binder resin portion 31a. For this reason, the optical refractive index as the low refractive index layer 31 whole can be made lower. As a result, the effect of the antireflection film 30 preventing reflection of external light can be further enhanced.
 また本実施の形態によれば、反射防止膜30の低屈折率層31と透明基板20との間には緩衝層60が介在されている。このため、中空フィラー31bを含むような、耐擦傷性が低い低屈折率層31が用いられる場合であっても、緩衝層60により、外部から低屈折率層31に印加される応力を緩和することができる。これによって、外部からの応力により反射防止膜30が傷つくのを防ぐことができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the buffer layer 60 is interposed between the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30 and the transparent substrate 20. For this reason, even when the low refractive index layer 31 having low scratch resistance such as the hollow filler 31b is used, the buffer layer 60 relieves stress applied to the low refractive index layer 31 from the outside. be able to. This can prevent the antireflection film 30 from being damaged by external stress.
 第3の実施の形態
 次に図7を参照して、本発明の第3の実施の形態について説明する。ここで図7は、本発明の第3の実施の形態による表示装置を示す断面図である。
Third Embodiment Next, a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to the third embodiment of the present invention.
 図7に示す第3の実施の形態は、反射防止膜が、低屈折率層の表示部側に設けられた高屈折率層をさらに有する点が異なるのみであり、他の構成は、図1乃至図4(a)(b)に示す第1の実施の形態と略同一である。図7に示す第3の実施の形態において、図1乃至4(a)(b)に示す第1の実施の形態と同一部分には同一符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。 The third embodiment shown in FIG. 7 is different only in that the antireflection film further includes a high refractive index layer provided on the display unit side of the low refractive index layer. Or substantially the same as that of the first embodiment shown in FIGS. In the third embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the same parts as those in the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 4 (a) and (b) are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
 図7に示すように、反射防止膜30は、観察者側の最外面に位置する低屈折率層31と、低屈折率層31の表示部50側に設けられた高屈折率層32と、を含んでいる。この高屈折率層32の光屈折率は、透明基板20および低屈折率層31の光屈折率よりも大きくなっている。このような高屈折率層32を設けることにより、反射防止膜30が外光の反射を防止する効果をより高くすることができる。 As shown in FIG. 7, the antireflection film 30 includes a low refractive index layer 31 located on the outermost surface on the viewer side, a high refractive index layer 32 provided on the display unit 50 side of the low refractive index layer 31, and Is included. The optical refractive index of the high refractive index layer 32 is larger than the optical refractive indexes of the transparent substrate 20 and the low refractive index layer 31. By providing such a high refractive index layer 32, the effect of the antireflection film 30 preventing reflection of external light can be further enhanced.
 高屈折率層32の光屈折率は、透明基板20および低屈折率層31の光屈折率よりも大きい限りにおいて特には限定されないが、例えば1.55~2.20の範囲内となっている。高屈折率層32を構成する材料としては、高い光屈折率を有する周知の材料を用いることができ、例えば特開2005-43749号公報に開示されているような材料を用いることができる。高屈折率層32の厚みは、例えば20~300nmの範囲内となっている。 The optical refractive index of the high refractive index layer 32 is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the optical refractive indexes of the transparent substrate 20 and the low refractive index layer 31, but is in the range of 1.55 to 2.20, for example. . As a material constituting the high refractive index layer 32, a known material having a high light refractive index can be used, and for example, a material as disclosed in JP-A-2005-43749 can be used. The thickness of the high refractive index layer 32 is in the range of 20 to 300 nm, for example.
 なお本実施の形態において、反射防止膜30が低屈折率層31と高屈折率層32とからなる例を示したが、これに限られることはない。反射防止膜30の観察者側の最外面に低屈折率層31が位置する限りにおいて、反射防止膜30はその他の様々な層を含んでいてもよい。例えば、低屈折率層31の光屈折率よりも大きく、かつ高屈折率層32の光屈折率よりも小さい光屈折率を有する中屈折率層(図示せず)が、高屈折率層32の表示部50側に設けられていてもよい。さらに、アンダーコート層やハードコート層などが反射防止膜30の表示部50側の最外面に設けられていてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the example in which the antireflection film 30 includes the low refractive index layer 31 and the high refractive index layer 32 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this. As long as the low refractive index layer 31 is located on the outermost surface of the antireflection film 30 on the viewer side, the antireflection film 30 may include other various layers. For example, a medium refractive index layer (not shown) having a light refractive index larger than the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 and smaller than the light refractive index of the high refractive index layer 32 is used. It may be provided on the display unit 50 side. Furthermore, an undercoat layer, a hard coat layer, or the like may be provided on the outermost surface of the antireflection film 30 on the display unit 50 side.
 変形例
 なお本実施の形態による表示用前面板40においても、図49に示す第1の実施の形態の変形例の場合と同様に、緩衝層60が透明基板20の表示部側に設けられ、反射防止膜30が緩衝層60の表示部50側に設けられていてもよい。この場合、図50に示すように、反射防止膜30の高屈折率層32は、低屈折率層31の観察者側に設けられている。このような高屈折率層32を設けることにより、反射防止膜30が表示部50からの光の反射を防止する効果をより高くすることができる。
Modification Also in the display front plate 40 according to the present embodiment, as in the modification of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 49, the buffer layer 60 is provided on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20, The antireflection film 30 may be provided on the display unit 50 side of the buffer layer 60. In this case, as shown in FIG. 50, the high refractive index layer 32 of the antireflective film 30 is provided on the observer side of the low refractive index layer 31. By providing such a high refractive index layer 32, the effect of preventing the reflection of light from the display unit 50 by the antireflection film 30 can be further enhanced.
 第4の実施の形態
 次に図8を参照して、本発明の第4の実施の形態について説明する。ここで図8は、本発明の第4の実施の形態による表示装置を示す断面図である。
Fourth Embodiment Next, the fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing a display device according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention.
 図8に示す第4の実施の形態は、表示用前面板が、透明基板の表示部側に設けられた追加緩衝層と、追加緩衝層の表示部側に設けられた追加反射防止膜と、をさらに備えた点が異なるのみであり、他の構成は、図1乃至図4(a)(b)に示す第1の実施の形態と略同一である。図8に示す第4の実施の形態において、図1乃至4(a)(b)に示す第1の実施の形態と同一部分には同一符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。 In the fourth embodiment shown in FIG. 8, the display front plate includes an additional buffer layer provided on the display unit side of the transparent substrate, an additional antireflection film provided on the display unit side of the additional buffer layer, The other configuration is substantially the same as that of the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 4A and 4B. In the fourth embodiment shown in FIG. 8, the same parts as those in the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 4 (a) and (b) are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
 図8に示すように、表示用前面板40は、透明基板20の観察者側に設けられた緩衝層60と、緩衝層60の観察者側に設けられた反射防止膜30と、透明基板20の表示部50側に設けられた追加緩衝層65と、追加緩衝層65の表示部50側に設けられた追加反射防止膜35と、を備えている。このうち追加反射防止膜35は、表示部50側の最外面に位置する追加低屈折率層36を有している。追加緩衝層65、追加反射防止膜35および追加低屈折率層36は、第1の実施の形態における緩衝層60、反射防止膜30および低屈折率層31と略同一であるので、詳細な説明は省略する。 As shown in FIG. 8, the display front plate 40 includes a buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, an antireflection film 30 provided on the observer side of the buffer layer 60, and the transparent substrate 20. The additional buffer layer 65 provided on the display unit 50 side, and the additional antireflection film 35 provided on the display unit 50 side of the additional buffer layer 65 are provided. Among these, the additional antireflection film 35 has an additional low refractive index layer 36 located on the outermost surface on the display unit 50 side. The additional buffer layer 65, the additional antireflective film 35, and the additional low refractive index layer 36 are substantially the same as the buffer layer 60, the antireflective film 30, and the low refractive index layer 31 in the first embodiment. Is omitted.
 このように本実施の形態においては、透明基板20の観察者側だけでなく表示部50側にも追加反射防止膜35が設けられている。このため、表示用前面板40は、外光が表示用前面板40の観察者側で反射するのを防ぐだけでなく、表示部50からの光が表示用前面板40の表示部50側で反射するのを防ぐことができる。また、透明基板20と追加反射防止膜35との間に追加緩衝層65を介在させることにより、追加反射防止膜35が傷つくのを防ぐことができる。 Thus, in the present embodiment, the additional antireflection film 35 is provided not only on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20 but also on the display unit 50 side. For this reason, the display front plate 40 not only prevents external light from being reflected on the viewer side of the display front plate 40, but also the light from the display unit 50 on the display unit 50 side of the display front plate 40. It can prevent reflection. Further, the additional buffer layer 65 is interposed between the transparent substrate 20 and the additional antireflection film 35, whereby the additional antireflection film 35 can be prevented from being damaged.
 変形例
 なお本実施の形態において、反射防止膜30が低屈折率層31のみからなり、追加反射防止膜35が追加低屈折率層36のみからなる例を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、上述の第3の実施の形態の場合と同様に、反射防止膜30または追加反射防止膜35がその他の様々な層を含んでいてもよい。例えば図9に示すように、低屈折率層31の表示部50側に、低屈折率層31の光屈折率よりも大きい光屈折率を有する高屈折率層32が設けられていてもよい。また、追加低屈折率層36の観察者側に、追加低屈折率層36の光屈折率よりも大きい光屈折率を有する追加高屈折率層37が設けられていてもよい。
In this embodiment, the antireflection film 30 is composed of only the low refractive index layer 31 and the additional antireflection film 35 is composed of only the additional low refractive index layer 36. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the antireflection film 30 or the additional antireflection film 35 may include other various layers as in the case of the third embodiment described above. For example, as shown in FIG. 9, a high refractive index layer 32 having a light refractive index larger than the light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 may be provided on the display unit 50 side of the low refractive index layer 31. Further, an additional high refractive index layer 37 having a light refractive index larger than that of the additional low refractive index layer 36 may be provided on the viewer side of the additional low refractive index layer 36.
 その他の変形例
 また上述の各実施の形態において、デザイン性を高めるための意匠層が適宜形成されていてもよい。例えば図10に示すように、表示用前面板40の観察者側の非表示領域内に意匠層10が形成されていてもよい。
In other modified examples and in each of the above-described embodiments, a design layer for improving design properties may be appropriately formed. For example, as shown in FIG. 10, the design layer 10 may be formed in a non-display area on the viewer side of the display front plate 40.
 また上述の各実施の形態において、図示はしないが、透明基板20または緩衝層60を保護するためのハードコート層やアンダーコート層が透明基板20と緩衝層60との間に設けられていてもよい。 In each of the above embodiments, although not shown, a hard coat layer or an undercoat layer for protecting the transparent substrate 20 or the buffer layer 60 may be provided between the transparent substrate 20 and the buffer layer 60. Good.
 第5の実施の形態
 次に図11乃至図13を参照して、本発明の第5の実施の形態について説明する。図11乃至図13に示す本実施の形態は、表示用前面板が接着層をさらに有する点が異なるのみであり、他の構成は、図1乃至図4(a)(b)に示す第1の実施の形態と略同一である。図11乃至図13に示す第5の実施の形態において、図1乃至図4(a)(b)に示す第1の実施の形態と同一部分には同一符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。
Fifth Embodiment Next, a fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. The present embodiment shown in FIGS. 11 to 13 differs only in that the display front plate further has an adhesive layer, and the other configurations are the first shown in FIGS. 1 to 4A and 4B. This is substantially the same as the embodiment. In the fifth embodiment shown in FIG. 11 to FIG. 13, the same parts as those in the first embodiment shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 4A and FIG. To do.
 表示用前面板
 本実施の形態による表示用前面板40は、一の製造業者または製造場所において製造された表示用前面板40が、その他の製造業者または製造場所において表示部や後述するタッチパネルセンサまたは保護層などと組み合わされるという場合を想定して構成されたものである。
Display Front Plate The display front plate 40 according to the present embodiment is the same as the display front plate 40 manufactured at one manufacturer or the manufacturing site. It is configured assuming that it is combined with a protective layer or the like.
 図11に示すように、表示用前面板40は、透明基板20と、透明基板20の観察者側に設けられた緩衝層60と、緩衝層60の観察者側に設けられ、低屈折率層31からなる反射防止膜30と、反射防止膜30の観察者側に設けられた接着層(観察者側接着層)100と、を備えている。このうち反射防止膜30は、観察者側の最外面に位置する低屈折率層31を有している。なお「観察者側の最外面に位置する低屈折率層31」という文言は、反射防止膜30が複数の層から構成される場合に、それら各層のうち観察者側の最外面に位置する層が低屈折率層31からなっていることを意味している。すなわち「観察者側の最外面に位置する低屈折率層31」という文言は、表示用前面板40において、反射防止膜30の観察者側にさらに接着層100などのその他の層が設けられる形態を除外するものではない。 As shown in FIG. 11, the display front plate 40 includes a transparent substrate 20, a buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, and an observer side of the buffer layer 60. And an adhesive layer (observer side adhesive layer) 100 provided on the observer side of the antireflection film 30. Among these, the antireflection film 30 has a low refractive index layer 31 located on the outermost surface on the viewer side. Note that the phrase “low refractive index layer 31 positioned on the outermost surface on the viewer side” means that when the antireflection film 30 is composed of a plurality of layers, the layer positioned on the outermost surface on the viewer side among these layers. Means that the low refractive index layer 31 is formed. That is, the phrase “low refractive index layer 31 positioned on the outermost surface on the viewer side” is a form in which other layers such as the adhesive layer 100 are further provided on the viewer side of the antireflection film 30 on the display front plate 40. Is not excluded.
 (接着層)
 透明基板20の観察者側に設けられた接着層100は、保護層など表示用前面板40の観察者側に配置され得る部材に表示用前面板40を密着させるために設けられる層である。表示用前面板40がこのような接着層100を予め備えることにより、表示用前面板40と保護層などとを組み合わせる作業を容易化することができる。
(Adhesive layer)
The adhesive layer 100 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20 is a layer provided for bringing the display front plate 40 into close contact with a member such as a protective layer that can be disposed on the viewer side of the display front plate 40. When the display front plate 40 includes the adhesive layer 100 in advance, the operation of combining the display front plate 40 and the protective layer can be facilitated.
 接着層100を構成する材料は、表示用前面板40と組み合わされる部材や表示用前面板40の使用環境に応じて適宜選択される。例えば、所望の可塑度を有するポリオルガノシロキサン組成物(例えば特開2004-212521号公報に記載のポリオルガノシロキサン組成物)からなる粘着剤(シリコーン系粘着剤)や、アクリル系粘着剤(例えば特開2002-348546号公報に記載のアクリル系粘着剤)からなる透明粘着シートが、接着層100として用いられる。このような透明粘着シートは、例えば、アクリル酸エステル共重合体をエポキシ系、イソシアネート系、メラミン系あるいは金属化合物系の架橋剤で架橋させたものや紫外線硬化型のアクリル系粘着剤などをシート状に加工することにより得られる。 The material constituting the adhesive layer 100 is appropriately selected according to the member combined with the display front plate 40 and the usage environment of the display front plate 40. For example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive (silicone pressure-sensitive adhesive) made of a polyorganosiloxane composition having a desired plasticity (for example, a polyorganosiloxane composition described in JP-A-2004-212521), or an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive (for example, special A transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet made of an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive described in Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-348546 is used as the adhesive layer 100. Such a transparent pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet is, for example, a sheet obtained by crosslinking an acrylic ester copolymer with an epoxy-based, isocyanate-based, melamine-based or metal compound-based crosslinking agent, or an ultraviolet curable acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. It is obtained by processing.
 接着層100の厚みは、用いられる材料、表示用前面板40と組み合わされる部材や表示用前面板40の使用環境などに応じて適宜選択されるが、例えば1~200μmの範囲内となっている。 The thickness of the adhesive layer 100 is appropriately selected according to the material used, the member combined with the display front plate 40, the usage environment of the display front plate 40, and the like, but is within the range of 1 to 200 μm, for example. .
 なお図示はしないが、表示用前面板40の接着層100がPETなどからなるフィルムによって覆われていてもよい。これによって、接着層100の粘着力が劣化するのを防ぐことができ、また、表示用前面板40の取り回し性を向上させることができる。 Although not shown, the adhesive layer 100 of the display front plate 40 may be covered with a film made of PET or the like. As a result, the adhesive force of the adhesive layer 100 can be prevented from deteriorating, and the handling of the display front plate 40 can be improved.
 (変形例)
 なお図12に示すように、反射防止膜30の観察者側に設けられた接着層100の観察者側に、さらに保護層105が予め設けられていてもよい。この保護層105は、仮に表示用前面板40の透明基板20が破損してしまった場合であっても、透明基板20の破片が飛散することを防ぐことなどを意図して設けられる層である。このような保護層105の材料として、例えば光硬化樹脂タイプ、熱硬化樹脂タイプ、2液混合反応液タイプ、両面粘着シールタイプの材料等が挙げられる。このうち光硬化樹脂タイプにおいては、ラジカル系硬化系やカチオン系硬化系の材料が用いられる。ラジカル系硬化系の材料には、アクリル系、エン/チオール系、ビニルエーテル系の材料などが含まれ、カチオン系硬化系の材料には、エポキシ系、オキセタン系、ビニルエーテル系の材料などが含まれる。また、熱硬化樹脂タイプの材料には、エポキシ系、フェノール系、ポリエステル系の材料などが含まれる。
(Modification)
As shown in FIG. 12, a protective layer 105 may be provided in advance on the viewer side of the adhesive layer 100 provided on the viewer side of the antireflection film 30. This protective layer 105 is a layer provided with the intention of preventing fragments of the transparent substrate 20 from scattering even if the transparent substrate 20 of the display front plate 40 is damaged. . Examples of the material of the protective layer 105 include a photo-curing resin type, a thermosetting resin type, a two-component mixed reaction liquid type, and a double-sided adhesive seal type material. Among these, in the photo-curing resin type, a radical curing material or a cationic curing material is used. The radical curable materials include acrylic, ene / thiol, and vinyl ether materials, and the cationic curable materials include epoxy, oxetane, and vinyl ether materials. Thermosetting resin type materials include epoxy-based, phenol-based, and polyester-based materials.
 (その他の変形例)
 また上述の図11および図12に示す形態において、接着層100が表示用前面板40の観察者側に位置する例を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、接着層100が表示用前面板40の表示部側に位置していてもよい。例えば図13に示すように、表示用前面板40が、表示部側の最外面に位置する接着層(表示部側接着層)100を有していてもよい。これによって、表示用前面板40の表示部側に設けられ得る部材、例えば表示部や後述するタッチパネルセンサと表示用前面板40とを組み合わせる作業を容易化することができる。
(Other variations)
11 and FIG. 12, the example in which the adhesive layer 100 is located on the viewer side of the display front plate 40 has been shown. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the adhesive layer 100 may be positioned on the display unit side of the display front plate 40. For example, as shown in FIG. 13, the display front plate 40 may have an adhesive layer (display unit side adhesive layer) 100 located on the outermost surface on the display unit side. Thereby, the operation | work which combines the member which can be provided in the display part side of the display front board 40, for example, a display part, the touchscreen sensor mentioned later, and the display front board 40 can be facilitated.
 また図11乃至図13に示す形態において、反射防止膜30が低屈折率層31のみからなる例を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、上述の第3の実施の形態の場合と同様に、反射防止膜30が高屈折率層32をさらに有していてもよい。また、上述の第4の実施の形態の場合と同様に、表示用前面板40が追加緩衝層65と追加反射防止膜35とをさらに備えていてもよい。この場合、追加反射防止膜35の表示部側に接着層100が設けられていてもよい。 11 to 13 show an example in which the antireflection film 30 is composed only of the low refractive index layer 31. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the antireflection film 30 may further include a high refractive index layer 32 as in the case of the third embodiment described above. Further, as in the case of the fourth embodiment described above, the display front plate 40 may further include an additional buffer layer 65 and an additional antireflection film 35. In this case, the adhesive layer 100 may be provided on the display unit side of the additional antireflection film 35.
 第6の実施の形態
 次に図14および図15を参照して、本発明の第6の実施の形態について説明する。図14および図15に示す本実施の形態は、追加反射防止膜の追加低屈折率層の高硬度化が図られている点が異なるのみであり、他の構成は、図8に示す第4の実施の形態と略同一である。図14および図15に示す第6の実施の形態において、図8に示す第4の実施の形態と同一部分には同一符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。
Sixth Embodiment Next, a sixth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. The present embodiment shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15 differs only in that the additional low refractive index layer of the additional antireflection film is increased in hardness, and the other configuration is the fourth configuration shown in FIG. This is substantially the same as the embodiment. In the sixth embodiment shown in FIG. 14 and FIG. 15, the same parts as those in the fourth embodiment shown in FIG.
 表示用前面板
 図14に示すように、表示用前面板40は、透明基板20の観察者側に設けられた緩衝層60と、緩衝層60の観察者側に設けられた反射防止膜30と、透明基板20の表示部50側に設けられた追加緩衝層65と、追加緩衝層65の表示部50側に設けられた追加反射防止膜35と、を備えている。このうち反射防止膜30は、反射防止膜30の観察者側の最外面に位置する低屈折率層31を有しており、また追加反射防止膜35は、追加反射防止膜35の表示部側の最外面に位置する追加低屈折率層36Aを有している。本実施の形態は、追加反射防止膜35の追加低屈折率層36Aの耐擦傷性が、反射防止膜30の低屈折率層31の耐擦傷性よりも高くなっていることを特徴としている。このように、低屈折率層31の耐擦傷性と追加低屈折率層36Aの耐擦傷性に差を設けることにより、後述するように、表示用前面板40の製造工程や表示用前面板40が他の部材と組み合わされる工程において低屈折率層31および追加低屈折率層36Aが損傷することを防ぐことが可能となる。
Display Front Plate As shown in FIG. 14, the display front plate 40 includes a buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, and an antireflection film 30 provided on the observer side of the buffer layer 60. The additional buffer layer 65 provided on the display unit 50 side of the transparent substrate 20 and the additional antireflection film 35 provided on the display unit 50 side of the additional buffer layer 65 are provided. Among these, the antireflection film 30 has a low refractive index layer 31 positioned on the outermost surface of the antireflection film 30 on the viewer side, and the additional antireflection film 35 is on the display unit side of the additional antireflection film 35. And an additional low refractive index layer 36A located on the outermost surface of the. The present embodiment is characterized in that the scratch resistance of the additional low refractive index layer 36A of the additional antireflection film 35 is higher than the scratch resistance of the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30. In this way, by providing a difference between the scratch resistance of the low refractive index layer 31 and the scratch resistance of the additional low refractive index layer 36A, as described later, the manufacturing process of the display front plate 40 and the display front plate 40 are displayed. It is possible to prevent the low refractive index layer 31 and the additional low refractive index layer 36A from being damaged in the process of combining with other members.
 一般に、透明基板20の両側に層が形成される場合、はじめに透明基板20を準備し、次に透明基板20の上側(一側)に第1の層を形成する。その後、第1の層が形成された透明基板20を上下反転させ、次に、透明基板20の上側(他側)に第2の層を形成する。従って、第2の層が形成される際、第1の層は透明基板20の下側に位置していることになる。このため、第2の層が形成される間、第1の層は、搬送台などの製造設備と接触することになり、この間に第1の層が損傷してしまうことが考えられる。 Generally, when layers are formed on both sides of the transparent substrate 20, the transparent substrate 20 is prepared first, and then the first layer is formed on the upper side (one side) of the transparent substrate 20. Thereafter, the transparent substrate 20 on which the first layer is formed is turned upside down, and then the second layer is formed on the upper side (the other side) of the transparent substrate 20. Therefore, when the second layer is formed, the first layer is located below the transparent substrate 20. For this reason, while the second layer is formed, the first layer comes into contact with a manufacturing facility such as a transport table, and the first layer may be damaged during this period.
 一方、本実施の形態によれば、透明基板20に反射防止膜30、追加反射防止膜35、緩衝層60および追加緩衝層65を形成する場合、はじめに透明基板20の上側(表示部側)に追加緩衝層65および追加反射防止膜35を形成し、次に透明基板20を上下反転させ、その後に透明基板20の上側(観察者側)に反射防止膜30および緩衝層60を形成する。ここで上述のように、追加反射防止膜35の追加低屈折率層36Aの耐擦傷性は、反射防止膜30の低屈折率層31の耐擦傷性よりも高くなっている。従って、反射防止膜30および緩衝層60が形成される間に追加反射防止膜35の追加低屈折率層36Aが搬送台などの製造設備と接触するとしても、追加低屈折率層36が損傷するのを防ぐことができる。 On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, when the antireflection film 30, the additional antireflection film 35, the buffer layer 60, and the additional buffer layer 65 are formed on the transparent substrate 20, first, on the upper side (display unit side) of the transparent substrate 20. The additional buffer layer 65 and the additional antireflection film 35 are formed, then the transparent substrate 20 is turned upside down, and then the antireflection film 30 and the buffer layer 60 are formed on the upper side (observer side) of the transparent substrate 20. Here, as described above, the scratch resistance of the additional low refractive index layer 36 </ b> A of the additional antireflection film 35 is higher than the scratch resistance of the low refractive index layer 31 of the antireflection film 30. Therefore, even if the additional low refractive index layer 36A of the additional antireflective film 35 is in contact with manufacturing equipment such as a transport table while the antireflection film 30 and the buffer layer 60 are formed, the additional low refractive index layer 36 is damaged. Can be prevented.
 (追加低屈折率層)
 次にこのような追加低屈折率層36Aを構成するための具体的な方法について説明する。上述のように、一般に、層を構成する材料の光屈折率を低くすることと、層を構成する材料の耐擦傷性を高くすることはトレードオフの関係にある。従って一般に、追加低屈折率層36Aの光屈折率を低屈折率層31の光屈折率よりも高くすることにより、追加低屈折率層36Aの耐擦傷性を低屈折率層31の耐擦傷性よりも高くすることが可能となる。例えば、低屈折率層31の光屈折率が透明基板20の光屈折率よりも十分に小さい値、例えば1.35となっている場合、追加低屈折率層36Aの光屈折率は、低屈折率層31の光屈折率よりも大きくかつ透明基板20の光屈折率よりも小さい値、例えば1.45に設定される。これによって、追加低屈折率層36Aに、低屈折率層31よりも高い耐擦傷性を付与することができる。このような追加低屈折率層36Aは、好ましくは、600gの荷重をかけたスチールウール(No.0000)を追加低屈折率層36A上で掃引させる(往復10回、ストローク100mm)場合であっても掃引後の追加低屈折率層36Aに擦傷痕が視認されない程度の耐擦傷性を有している。
(Additional low refractive index layer)
Next, a specific method for forming such an additional low refractive index layer 36A will be described. As described above, generally, there is a trade-off relationship between reducing the optical refractive index of the material constituting the layer and increasing the scratch resistance of the material constituting the layer. Therefore, in general, by making the optical refractive index of the additional low refractive index layer 36A higher than the optical refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31, the scratch resistance of the additional low refractive index layer 36A can be improved. It becomes possible to make it higher. For example, when the optical refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 is sufficiently smaller than the optical refractive index of the transparent substrate 20, for example, 1.35, the optical refractive index of the additional low refractive index layer 36A is low refractive index. It is set to a value larger than the light refractive index of the refractive index layer 31 and smaller than the light refractive index of the transparent substrate 20, for example, 1.45. Thereby, it is possible to impart higher scratch resistance to the additional low refractive index layer 36 </ b> A than the low refractive index layer 31. Such an additional low refractive index layer 36A is preferably a case where steel wool (No. 0000) loaded with 600 g is swept over the additional low refractive index layer 36A (10 reciprocations, 100 mm stroke). In addition, the additional low refractive index layer 36A after sweeping has scratch resistance such that scratch marks are not visually recognized.
 また一般に、光屈折率と反射率との間には、光屈折率が小さいほど反射率が低くなるという対応関係があることが知られている。従って、追加低屈折率層36Aの反射率が低屈折率層31の反射率よりも高くなるよう追加低屈折率層36Aを構成することにより、追加低屈折率層36Aの耐擦傷性を低屈折率層31の耐擦傷性よりも高くすることもできる。例えば、低屈折率層31の反射率が1%以下であり、追加低屈折率層36Aの反射率が1~2%の範囲内となるよう、低屈折率層31および追加低屈折率層36Aが構成されていてもよい。 Further, it is generally known that there is a correspondence relationship between the light refractive index and the reflectance that the reflectance decreases as the light refractive index decreases. Therefore, the additional low refractive index layer 36A is configured such that the reflectance of the additional low refractive index layer 36A is higher than the reflectance of the low refractive index layer 31, thereby reducing the scratch resistance of the additional low refractive index layer 36A. It can also be made higher than the scratch resistance of the rate layer 31. For example, the low refractive index layer 31 and the additional low refractive index layer 36A are set so that the reflectance of the low refractive index layer 31 is 1% or less and the reflectance of the additional low refractive index layer 36A is in the range of 1 to 2%. May be configured.
 (変形例)
 上述のように耐擦傷性が高められた追加低屈折率層36Aを有する追加反射防止膜35が用いられる場合、表示部側における表示用前面板40の耐擦傷性が追加低屈折率層36Aによって十分に確保される。従って、追加低屈折率層36Aを有する追加反射防止膜35が用いられる場合、図15に示すように、透明基板20と追加反射防止膜35との間に追加緩衝層65が設けられていなくてもよい。これによって、表示用前面板40の製造工程において追加緩衝層65の形成工程を削減することができる。このことにより、表示部側における表示用前面板40の耐擦傷性を確保しながら、表示用前面板40の生産性を向上させることができる。
(Modification)
When the additional antireflection film 35 having the additional low refractive index layer 36A with enhanced scratch resistance is used as described above, the scratch resistance of the display front plate 40 on the display unit side is determined by the additional low refractive index layer 36A. Sufficiently secured. Therefore, when the additional antireflection film 35 having the additional low refractive index layer 36A is used, the additional buffer layer 65 is not provided between the transparent substrate 20 and the additional antireflection film 35 as shown in FIG. Also good. Thereby, the formation process of the additional buffer layer 65 in the manufacturing process of the display front plate 40 can be reduced. Thus, the productivity of the display front plate 40 can be improved while ensuring the scratch resistance of the display front plate 40 on the display unit side.
 なお本実施の形態およびその変形例において、追加反射防止膜35が追加低屈折率層36Aのみからなる形態を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、上述の第4の実施の形態の変形例の場合と同様に、追加反射防止膜35が追加高屈折率層37をさらに有していてもよい。同様に、反射防止膜30が高屈折率層32をさらに有していてもよい。これによって、反射防止膜30および追加反射防止膜35が外光の反射を防止する効果をより高くすることができる。
 また上述の第5の実施の形態の場合と同様に、反射防止膜30の観察者側または追加反射防止膜35の表示部側に接着層100が設けられていてもよい。これによって、表示用前面板40とその他の部材とを組み合わせる作業を容易化することができる。また上述の第5の実施の形態の変形例の場合と同様に、反射防止膜30の観察者側に設けられた接着層100の観察者側に保護層105が設けられていてもよい。
In the present embodiment and its modifications, the additional antireflection film 35 is composed of only the additional low refractive index layer 36A. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the additional antireflection film 35 may further include an additional high refractive index layer 37 as in the case of the modification of the fourth embodiment described above. Similarly, the antireflection film 30 may further include a high refractive index layer 32. Thereby, the effect of preventing reflection of external light by the antireflection film 30 and the additional antireflection film 35 can be further enhanced.
Further, as in the case of the fifth embodiment described above, the adhesive layer 100 may be provided on the viewer side of the antireflection film 30 or the display unit side of the additional antireflection film 35. Thereby, the operation | work which combines the front plate 40 for a display and another member can be facilitated. Similarly to the modification of the fifth embodiment described above, the protective layer 105 may be provided on the observer side of the adhesive layer 100 provided on the observer side of the antireflection film 30.
 第7の実施の形態
 次に図16乃至図20を参照して、本発明の第7の実施の形態について説明する。図16乃至図20に示す本実施の形態は、表示装置の表示部がタッチパネルセンサを有する点が異なるのみであり、他の構成は、図1乃至図4(a)(b)に示す第1の実施の形態と略同一である。図16乃至図20に示す第7の実施の形態において、図1乃至図4(a)(b)に示す第1の実施の形態と同一部分には同一符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。
Seventh Embodiment Next, a seventh embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. The present embodiment shown in FIGS. 16 to 20 is different only in that the display unit of the display device has a touch panel sensor, and other configurations are the first shown in FIGS. 1 to 4A and 4B. This is substantially the same as the embodiment. In the seventh embodiment shown in FIG. 16 to FIG. 20, the same parts as those in the first embodiment shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 4A and FIG. To do.
 表示装置
 図16に示すように、表示装置70は、表示部50と、表示部50に対して観察者側に配置された表示用前面板40と、を備えている。表示用前面板40としては、上述の第1乃至第6の実施の形態において示される表示用前面板40のいずれかが適宜用いられる。また表示部50は、図16に示すように、映像を表示するための光を観察者側に放射する表示ユニット151と、表示ユニット151の観察者側に設けられ、表示装置70が観察者側からタッチされる際のタッチ箇所を検出するタッチパネルセンサ110と、を有している。表示ユニット151としては、上述の各実施の形態の場合と同様に、LCD、PDP、有機EL、無機ELまたは電界放射型などの様々なタイプのものが用いられ得る。
Display Device As shown in FIG. 16, the display device 70 includes a display unit 50 and a display front plate 40 arranged on the viewer side with respect to the display unit 50. As the display front plate 40, any one of the display front plates 40 shown in the first to sixth embodiments described above is appropriately used. As shown in FIG. 16, the display unit 50 is provided on the viewer side of the display unit 151 that emits light for displaying an image to the viewer side, and the display device 70 is on the viewer side. A touch panel sensor 110 that detects a touch location when touched. As the display unit 151, various types such as an LCD, a PDP, an organic EL, an inorganic EL, or a field emission type can be used as in the above-described embodiments.
 なお、表示用前面板40と表示部50とを強固に密着させることが望まれる場合、好ましくは、表示部側の最外面に位置する接着層100を有する表示用前面板40が用いられる。これによって、表示用前面板40と表示部50とを強固に密着させ、このことにより、表示用前面板40と表示部50との間にエアギャップが生じるのを防ぐことができる。 In addition, when it is desired that the display front plate 40 and the display unit 50 be firmly attached, the display front plate 40 having the adhesive layer 100 positioned on the outermost surface on the display unit side is preferably used. Accordingly, the display front plate 40 and the display unit 50 are firmly adhered to each other, thereby preventing an air gap from being generated between the display front plate 40 and the display unit 50.
 若しくは、図17に示すように、表示部50が、タッチパネルセンサ110の観察者側に設けられた接着層101をさらに有していてもよい。表示部50がこのような接着層101を予め有することにより、表示部50と表示用前面板40とを強固に密着させることができ、かつ、表示部50と表示用前面板40とを組み合わせる作業を容易化することができる。 Alternatively, as illustrated in FIG. 17, the display unit 50 may further include an adhesive layer 101 provided on the viewer side of the touch panel sensor 110. Since the display unit 50 has the adhesive layer 101 in advance, the display unit 50 and the display front plate 40 can be firmly adhered to each other, and the display unit 50 and the display front plate 40 are combined. Can be facilitated.
 タッチパネルセンサ
 次に、表示部50のタッチパネルセンサ110について詳細に説明する。表示部50に包含されるタッチパネルセンサ110のタイプが特に限られることはなく、様々なタイプのタッチパネルセンサ110が適宜用いられ得る。例えば、被検出体からの圧力に基づいてタッチ箇所を検出する抵抗膜方式のタッチパネルセンサや、人体などの被検出体からの静電気に基づいてタッチ箇所を検出する静電容量方式のタッチパネルセンサが用いられ得る。
Touch Panel Sensor Next, the touch panel sensor 110 of the display unit 50 will be described in detail. The type of touch panel sensor 110 included in display unit 50 is not particularly limited, and various types of touch panel sensor 110 can be used as appropriate. For example, a resistive touch panel sensor that detects a touch location based on a pressure from a detected object or a capacitive touch panel sensor that detects a touch location based on static electricity from a detected body such as a human body is used. Can be.
 その他にも、光センサ方式、マトリクス・スイッチ方式、表面弾性波方式、電磁誘導方式など、様々な方式のタッチパネルセンサが用いられ得る。このうち光センサ方式のタッチパネルセンサは、光を受光して光電変換する光センサと、光センサよりも観察者側に光センサと対向するよう設けられ、特定波長域の光を選択的に透過させる選択透過層と、を有している。この場合、光センサは主として、選択透過層を透過した特定波長域の光を受光する。そして、指などの被検出体からの反射光を光センサが検出することにより、被検出体が表示装置70に観察者側からタッチしたことが検知される。なお、このような光センサ方式のタッチパネルセンサにおいては、被検出体からの反射光に基づいてタッチ箇所が検出されるため、被検出体が指などの人体に限られることはなく、様々な物体のタッチ箇所を検出することが可能となる。このような光センサ方式のタッチパネルセンサのさらなる詳細は、例えば特開2009-151039号公報、特開2007-192713号公報などに記載されている。 In addition, various types of touch panel sensors such as an optical sensor method, a matrix switch method, a surface acoustic wave method, and an electromagnetic induction method can be used. Among these, the optical sensor type touch panel sensor is provided with an optical sensor that receives light and performs photoelectric conversion, and is provided on the viewer side so as to face the optical sensor, and selectively transmits light in a specific wavelength range. And a permselective layer. In this case, the optical sensor mainly receives light in a specific wavelength range that has passed through the selective transmission layer. And it detects that the to-be-detected body touched the display apparatus 70 from the observer side, when an optical sensor detects the reflected light from to-be-detected bodies, such as a finger. In such an optical sensor type touch panel sensor, the touch location is detected based on the reflected light from the detected object, so the detected object is not limited to a human body such as a finger, and various objects can be detected. It is possible to detect the touch location. Further details of such an optical sensor type touch panel sensor are described in, for example, Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication Nos. 2009-151039 and 2007-192713.
 (静電容量方式のタッチパネルセンサ)
 次に図18A乃至図18Cを参照して、タッチパネルセンサ110が静電容量方式のものである場合の、タッチパネルセンサ110の構成の一例について説明する。図18Aは、静電容量方式のタッチパネルセンサ110を示す平面図であり、図18Bは,図18Aのタッチパネルセンサ110をXVIIIB-XVIIIB方向から見た断面図であり、図18Cは,図18Aのタッチパネルセンサ110をXVIIIC-XVIIIC方向から見た断面図である。
(Capacitive touch panel sensor)
Next, an example of the configuration of the touch panel sensor 110 in the case where the touch panel sensor 110 is a capacitive type will be described with reference to FIGS. 18A to 18C. 18A is a plan view showing the capacitive touch panel sensor 110, FIG. 18B is a cross-sectional view of the touch panel sensor 110 of FIG. 18A viewed from the XVIIIB-XVIIIB direction, and FIG. 18C is a touch panel of FIG. 18A. It is sectional drawing which looked at the sensor 110 from the XVIIIC-XVIIIC direction.
 図18A乃至図18Cに示すように、静電容量方式のタッチパネルセンサ110は、タッチパネルセンサ用基板116と、タッチパネルセンサ用基板116の観察者側の面上に所定のパターンで設けられた複数のx透明導電パターン111およびy透明導電パターン112とを有している。図18Aに示すように、x透明導電パターン111はx方向に延びており、またy透明導電パターン112はx方向に直交するy方向に延びている。 As shown in FIGS. 18A to 18C, the capacitive touch panel sensor 110 includes a touch panel sensor substrate 116 and a plurality of x provided in a predetermined pattern on the viewer side surface of the touch panel sensor substrate 116. The transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 are provided. As shown in FIG. 18A, the x transparent conductive pattern 111 extends in the x direction, and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 extends in the y direction orthogonal to the x direction.
 各x透明導電パターン111は、略正方形の形状を有する複数のx電極単位111aと、隣接するx電極単位111a間をx方向において接続するx接続部111bと、を有している。このようなx透明導電パターン111により、被検出体のタッチ箇所のy方向における位置が検出される。また、各y透明導電パターン112は、略正方形の形状を有する複数のy電極単位112aと、隣接するy電極単位112a間をy方向において接続するy接続部112bと、を有している。このようなy透明導電パターン112により、被検出体のタッチ箇所のx方向における位置が検出される。 Each x transparent conductive pattern 111 has a plurality of x electrode units 111a having a substantially square shape, and an x connection portion 111b that connects adjacent x electrode units 111a in the x direction. By such an x transparent conductive pattern 111, the position in the y direction of the touch location of the detection object is detected. Each of the y transparent conductive patterns 112 includes a plurality of y electrode units 112a having a substantially square shape, and a y connection portion 112b that connects adjacent y electrode units 112a in the y direction. Such a y transparent conductive pattern 112 detects the position in the x direction of the touch location of the detection object.
 またタッチパネルセンサ用基板116上には、所定のパターンで設けられ、x透明導電パターン111およびy透明導電パターン112にそれぞれ電気的に接続された取出配線113および取出配線114と、取出配線113および取出配線114に接続され、x透明導電パターン111およびy透明導電パターン112からの信号を外部へ取り出すための端子部115と、が設けられている。 Further, on the touch panel sensor substrate 116, the extraction wiring 113 and the extraction wiring 114, which are provided in a predetermined pattern and are electrically connected to the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112, respectively, and the extraction wiring 113 and the extraction wiring. Terminal portions 115 connected to the wiring 114 and for taking out signals from the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 to the outside are provided.
 タッチパネルセンサ110においては、上述の各導電パターン111,112、取出配線113,114および端子部115の組合体により、タッチ位置を検出するとともに検出信号を外部へ取り出すというタッチパネル機能を実現するセンサ部120が構成されている。 In the touch panel sensor 110, a sensor unit 120 that realizes a touch panel function of detecting a touch position and extracting a detection signal to the outside by a combination of the conductive patterns 111 and 112, the extraction wirings 113 and 114, and the terminal unit 115 described above. Is configured.
 次に、タッチパネルセンサ110の各構成要素の材料について説明する。各x透明導電パターン111およびy透明導電パターン112は、映像を表示させるための表示領域に配置される。このため各x透明導電パターン111およびy透明導電パターン112は、導電性および透明性を有する材料、例えばITOなどから構成される。一方、取出配線113、取出配線114および端子部115は、表示領域の周縁に位置する非表示領域に配置される。このため、取出配線113、取出配線114および端子部115を構成する材料が透明性を有する必要はない。従って取出配線113、取出配線114および端子部115は一般に、x透明導電パターン111およびy透明導電パターン112の材料よりも高い電気伝導率を有する金属材料から構成される。 Next, the material of each component of the touch panel sensor 110 will be described. Each of the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 is disposed in a display area for displaying an image. Therefore, each of the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 is made of a material having conductivity and transparency, such as ITO. On the other hand, the extraction wiring 113, the extraction wiring 114, and the terminal portion 115 are arranged in a non-display area located at the periphery of the display area. For this reason, the material which comprises the extraction wiring 113, the extraction wiring 114, and the terminal part 115 does not need to have transparency. Therefore, the lead-out wiring 113, the lead-out wiring 114, and the terminal portion 115 are generally made of a metal material having a higher electrical conductivity than the materials of the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112.
 タッチパネルセンサ用基板116の材料は、各導電パターン111,112、取出配線113,114および端子部115を支持するとともに、透明性を有する限り特に限定されない。例えばタッチパネルセンサ用基板116の材料として、透明性を有するガラスやポリマーなどが用いられる。 The material of the touch panel sensor substrate 116 is not particularly limited as long as it supports the conductive patterns 111 and 112, the extraction wirings 113 and 114, and the terminal portion 115 and has transparency. For example, glass or polymer having transparency is used as the material for the touch panel sensor substrate 116.
 図18Bおよび図18Cに示すように、各導電パターン111,112、取出配線113,114および端子部115を含むセンサ部120は、タッチパネルセンサ用基板116上にITOや金属材料などを積層させることにより形成される。なお図18Bおよび図18Cに示すように、x接続部111bとy接続部112bとが電気的に接続されることを防ぐため、x接続部111bとy接続部112bとの間に絶縁層117が介在されていてもよい。また、図18Bおよび図18Cにおいて一点鎖線で示されているように、各導電パターン111,112、取出配線113,114および端子部115を保護するための保護層119が設けられていてもよい。保護層119としては、透明性および絶縁性を有する樹脂材料などが適宜用いられる。 As shown in FIGS. 18B and 18C, the sensor unit 120 including the conductive patterns 111 and 112, the extraction wirings 113 and 114, and the terminal unit 115 is obtained by laminating ITO or a metal material on the touch panel sensor substrate 116. It is formed. As shown in FIGS. 18B and 18C, an insulating layer 117 is provided between the x connection part 111b and the y connection part 112b in order to prevent the x connection part 111b and the y connection part 112b from being electrically connected. It may be interposed. 18B and 18C, a protective layer 119 for protecting the conductive patterns 111 and 112, the extraction wirings 113 and 114, and the terminal portion 115 may be provided. As the protective layer 119, a resin material having transparency and insulation is used as appropriate.
 本実施の形態によれば、表示装置70の表示部50がタッチパネルセンサ110を有している。このため、表示装置70にタッチパネル機能を付与することができる。また表示部50のタッチパネルセンサ110の観察者側には、上述の第1乃至第6の形態による表示用前面板40が設けられている。このため、表示用前面板40によってタッチパネルセンサ110を適切に保護することができ、かつ、表示装置70の観察者側において外光の反射が生じるのを防ぐことができる。 According to the present embodiment, the display unit 50 of the display device 70 has the touch panel sensor 110. For this reason, a touch panel function can be given to the display device 70. Further, the display front plate 40 according to the first to sixth embodiments described above is provided on the viewer side of the touch panel sensor 110 of the display unit 50. For this reason, the touch panel sensor 110 can be appropriately protected by the display front plate 40, and the reflection of external light on the viewer side of the display device 70 can be prevented.
 なお上述の例においては、センサ部120がタッチパネルセンサ用基板116の観察者側の面上に設けられている例を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、センサ部120がタッチパネルセンサ用基板116の表示部側の面上に設けられていてもよい。
 また、センサ部120の各構成要素の一部分がタッチパネルセンサ用基板116の観察者側の面上に設けられ、センサ部120の各構成要素のその他の部分がタッチパネルセンサ用基板116の表示部側の面上に設けられていてもよい。例えば、x透明導電パターン111がタッチパネルセンサ用基板116の観察者側の面上に設けられ、y透明導電パターン112がタッチパネルセンサ用基板116の表示部側の面上に設けられていてもよい。
In the above-described example, the example in which the sensor unit 120 is provided on the surface on the viewer side of the touch panel sensor substrate 116 is shown. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the sensor unit 120 may be provided on the display unit side surface of the touch panel sensor substrate 116.
In addition, a part of each component of the sensor unit 120 is provided on the surface of the touch panel sensor substrate 116 on the viewer side, and the other part of each component of the sensor unit 120 is on the display unit side of the touch panel sensor substrate 116. It may be provided on the surface. For example, the x transparent conductive pattern 111 may be provided on the surface of the touch panel sensor substrate 116 on the viewer side, and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 may be provided on the surface of the touch panel sensor substrate 116 on the display unit side.
 (変形例)
 図19に示すように、タッチパネルセンサ110は、タッチパネルセンサ用基板116およびセンサ部120に加えて、センサ部120により検出された信号を処理するための信号処理部125をさらに有していてもよい。信号処理部125は、例えば、プリント基板と、プリント基板上に設けられ、センサ部120からの信号に基づいてタッチ箇所を解析する処理用ICとを含んでいる。また、電気信号を外部に取り出すため配線が信号処理部125に含まれていてもよい。このような配線は、例えばフレキシブル基板から構成されていてもよい。
 信号処理部125は、例えば図18Aにおいて一点鎖線で示されているように、センサ部120の端子部115に接続される。
(Modification)
As illustrated in FIG. 19, the touch panel sensor 110 may further include a signal processing unit 125 for processing a signal detected by the sensor unit 120 in addition to the touch panel sensor substrate 116 and the sensor unit 120. . The signal processing unit 125 includes, for example, a printed circuit board and a processing IC that is provided on the printed circuit board and analyzes a touch location based on a signal from the sensor unit 120. In addition, a wiring may be included in the signal processing unit 125 to extract an electrical signal to the outside. Such wiring may be composed of, for example, a flexible substrate.
The signal processing unit 125 is connected to the terminal unit 115 of the sensor unit 120, for example, as indicated by a one-dot chain line in FIG. 18A.
 また図20に示すように、タッチパネルセンサ110が信号処理部125をさらに有し、かつ、タッチパネルセンサ110と表示用前面板40との間に接着層101が設けられていてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 20, the touch panel sensor 110 may further include a signal processing unit 125, and an adhesive layer 101 may be provided between the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40.
 第8の実施の形態
 次に図21乃至図33を参照して、本発明の第8の実施の形態について説明する。本実施の形態においては、上述の各実施の形態における表示装置の表示部がLCDタイプのものである場合の具体的な構成例について説明する。図21乃至図34に示す第8の実施の形態において、上述の各実施の形態と同一部分には同一符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。
Eighth Embodiment Next, an eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. In the present embodiment, a specific configuration example in the case where the display unit of the display device in each of the above embodiments is an LCD type will be described. In the eighth embodiment shown in FIGS. 21 to 34, the same parts as those in the above-described embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
 図21は、LCDタイプの表示部50を備えた表示装置70の一例を示す図である。図21に示すように、表示部50は、LCDタイプの表示ユニット151と、表示ユニット151の観察者側に設けられたタッチパネルセンサ110とを有している。 FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating an example of the display device 70 including the LCD type display unit 50. As shown in FIG. 21, the display unit 50 includes an LCD type display unit 151 and a touch panel sensor 110 provided on the viewer side of the display unit 151.
 (表示ユニット)
 表示ユニット151は、バックライトユニット158と、バックライトユニット158の観察者側に設けられた光源側偏光板156と、光源側偏光板156の観察者側に設けられたLCDパネル155と、LCDパネル155の観察者側に設けられた観察者側偏光板154と、を有している。バックライトユニット158としては、蛍光管やLEDなど様々なタイプの光源が用いられ得る。また、蛍光管やLEDなどの外側(観察者側と反対の側)に、蛍光管やLEDなどからの光を反射する反射板がさらに包含されていてもよい。観察者側偏光板154および光源側偏光板156としては、LCDタイプの表示部において周知の偏光板が適宜用いられ得る。なお図示はしないが、表示装置70の各構成要素間には接着層が介在されていてもよい。
(Display unit)
The display unit 151 includes a backlight unit 158, a light source side polarizing plate 156 provided on the viewer side of the backlight unit 158, an LCD panel 155 provided on the viewer side of the light source side polarizing plate 156, and an LCD panel And 155 an observer side polarizing plate 154 provided on the observer side. As the backlight unit 158, various types of light sources such as fluorescent tubes and LEDs can be used. In addition, a reflection plate that reflects light from the fluorescent tube or the LED may be further included outside the fluorescent tube or the LED (on the side opposite to the observer side). As the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the light source-side polarizing plate 156, well-known polarizing plates can be appropriately used in the LCD type display unit. Although not shown, an adhesive layer may be interposed between the constituent elements of the display device 70.
 (LCDパネル)
 LCDパネル155は、図22に示すように、TFT基板210と、TFT基板210の観察者側に設けられたカラーフィルタ200と、TFT基板210とカラーフィルタ200との間に充填された液晶層215と、を含んでいる。TFT基板210は、図示はしないが、各々が表示装置70の単位画素に対応し、液晶215に所定の電圧を印加して液晶層215の状態を制御する複数の液晶駆動部を含んでいる。またカラーフィルタ200は、カラーフィルタ用基板201と、カラーフィルタ用基板201上に所定パターンで設けられたブラックマトリクス層202と、ブラックマトリクス層202間に設けられた複数色の着色層203と、を含んでいる。
(LCD panel)
As shown in FIG. 22, the LCD panel 155 includes a TFT substrate 210, a color filter 200 provided on the viewer side of the TFT substrate 210, and a liquid crystal layer 215 filled between the TFT substrate 210 and the color filter 200. And. Although not shown, each of the TFT substrates 210 corresponds to a unit pixel of the display device 70, and includes a plurality of liquid crystal driving units that apply a predetermined voltage to the liquid crystal 215 to control the state of the liquid crystal layer 215. The color filter 200 includes a color filter substrate 201, a black matrix layer 202 provided in a predetermined pattern on the color filter substrate 201, and a plurality of colored layers 203 provided between the black matrix layers 202. Contains.
 カラーフィルタ用基板201の材料は、ブラックマトリクス層202および着色層203を適切に支持するとともに、透明性を有する限り特に限定されない。例えばカラーフィルタ用基板201の材料として、透明性を有するガラスやポリマーなどが用いられる。 The material of the color filter substrate 201 is not particularly limited as long as it appropriately supports the black matrix layer 202 and the colored layer 203 and has transparency. For example, as a material for the color filter substrate 201, transparent glass, polymer, or the like is used.
 本実施の形態によれば、LCDタイプの表示装置70は、表示部50と、表示部50の観察者側に設けられた表示用前面板40とを備えている。このため、LCDタイプの表示装置70の観察者側において外光の反射が生じるのを防ぐことができる。 According to the present embodiment, the LCD type display device 70 includes the display unit 50 and the display front plate 40 provided on the viewer side of the display unit 50. For this reason, it is possible to prevent external light from being reflected on the viewer side of the LCD type display device 70.
 また本実施の形態によれば、表示部50はタッチパネルセンサ110を有している。このため、LCDタイプの表示装置70にタッチパネル機能を付与することができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the display unit 50 includes the touch panel sensor 110. Therefore, a touch panel function can be given to the LCD type display device 70.
 (変形例)
 なお本実施の形態において、図23に示すように、表示ユニット151が、光源側偏光板156とバックライトユニット158との間に設けられた光学補償フィルム157をさらに含んでいてもよい。光学補償フィルム157は、例えば、位相差フィルム、輝度向上フィルムまたは導光板などからなっている。このような光学補償フィルム157をさらに設けることにより、バックライトユニット158から光源側偏光板156に入射される光の品質をより高くすることができる。なお光学補償フィルム157は、バックライトユニット158とは別途の構成要素となっていてもよく、または、バックライトユニット158に含まれる構成要素となっていてもよい。
(Modification)
In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 23, the display unit 151 may further include an optical compensation film 157 provided between the light source side polarizing plate 156 and the backlight unit 158. The optical compensation film 157 is made of, for example, a retardation film, a brightness enhancement film, a light guide plate, or the like. By further providing such an optical compensation film 157, the quality of light incident on the light source side polarizing plate 156 from the backlight unit 158 can be further increased. The optical compensation film 157 may be a component separate from the backlight unit 158 or may be a component included in the backlight unit 158.
 (中間製品)
 なお上述の本実施の形態およびその変形例において、バックライトユニット158を含む表示ユニット151がタッチパネルセンサ110や表示用前面板40と組み合わされる例を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、表示ユニット151が形成されるよりも前の段階で、表示ユニット151の各構成要素、例えば観察者側偏光板154やLCDパネル155がタッチパネルセンサ110や表示用前面板40と組み合わされてもよい。
(Intermediate product)
In the above-described embodiment and its modifications, an example in which the display unit 151 including the backlight unit 158 is combined with the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and before the display unit 151 is formed, each component of the display unit 151, such as the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the LCD panel 155, is the touch panel sensor 110 and the display unit. It may be combined with the front plate 40.
 例えば図24に示すように、観察者側偏光板154およびLCDパネル155がタッチパネルセンサ110および表示用前面板40と組み合わされ、これによって、表示装置のための中間製品220が構成されてもよい。
 また図25に示すように、観察者側偏光板154,LCDパネル155および光源側偏光板156がタッチパネルセンサ110および表示用前面板40と組み合わされ、これによって、表示装置のための中間製品220が構成されてもよい。
 また図26に示すように、観察者側偏光板154,LCDパネル155,光源側偏光板156および光学補償フィルム157がタッチパネルセンサ110および表示用前面板40と組み合わされ、これによって、表示装置のための中間製品220が構成されてもよい。
For example, as shown in FIG. 24, the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the LCD panel 155 may be combined with the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40, thereby forming an intermediate product 220 for the display device.
Further, as shown in FIG. 25, an observer-side polarizing plate 154, an LCD panel 155, and a light source-side polarizing plate 156 are combined with the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40, whereby an intermediate product 220 for a display device is formed. It may be configured.
As shown in FIG. 26, an observer-side polarizing plate 154, an LCD panel 155, a light source-side polarizing plate 156, and an optical compensation film 157 are combined with the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40, thereby providing a display device. Intermediate product 220 may be configured.
 (タッチパネルセンサの配置の変形例)
 また上述の本実施の形態およびその変形例において、タッチパネルセンサ110が表示ユニット151とは別個の構成要素となっており、かつ、タッチパネルセンサ110が表示ユニット151のLCDパネル155の観察者側に設けられている例を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、タッチパネルセンサ110が表示ユニット151に包含され、かつ、タッチパネルセンサ110が観察者側偏光板154とLCDパネル155との間に設けられていてもよい。
(Modification of touch panel sensor arrangement)
In the above-described embodiment and its modifications, the touch panel sensor 110 is a separate component from the display unit 151, and the touch panel sensor 110 is provided on the viewer side of the LCD panel 155 of the display unit 151. An example is given. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the touch panel sensor 110 may be included in the display unit 151, and the touch panel sensor 110 may be provided between the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the LCD panel 155.
 図27乃至図31は、タッチパネルセンサ110が観察者側偏光板154とLCDパネル155との間に設けられる形態の例を示す図である。図27乃至図31に示す形態はそれぞれ、タッチパネルセンサ110が観察者側偏光板154とLCDパネル155との間に設けられている点が異なるのみであり、他の構成は、図21,図23乃至図26に示す形態と略同一である。 FIGS. 27 to 31 are diagrams showing an example of a form in which the touch panel sensor 110 is provided between the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the LCD panel 155. FIG. The configurations shown in FIGS. 27 to 31 are different from each other only in that the touch panel sensor 110 is provided between the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the LCD panel 155. Other configurations are the same as those in FIGS. Thru | or substantially the same as the form shown in FIG.
 なお「タッチパネルセンサ110が表示ユニット151とは別個の構成要素となっている」とは、タッチパネルセンサ110が表示ユニット151とは別個に取引、搬送などされることを意味している。また、「タッチパネルセンサ110が表示ユニット151に包含されている」とは、タッチパネルセンサ110が表示ユニット151と同時に取引、搬送などされることを意味している。 Note that “the touch panel sensor 110 is a separate component from the display unit 151” means that the touch panel sensor 110 is transacted and transported separately from the display unit 151. Further, “the touch panel sensor 110 is included in the display unit 151” means that the touch panel sensor 110 is transacted or transported at the same time as the display unit 151.
 (タッチパネルセンサ一体型カラーフィルタの例)
 また上述の本実施の形態およびその変形例において、タッチパネルセンサ110がLCDパネル155のカラーフィルタ200とは別個の構成要素となっている例を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、タッチパネルセンサがカラーフィルタ200と一体に形成されていてもよい。なお「タッチパネルセンサがカラーフィルタと一体に形成される」とは、以下に図32を参照して説明するように、タッチパネルセンサ用の基板とカラーフィルタ用の基板とが共通になっていることを意味している。
(Example of touch panel sensor integrated color filter)
Further, in the above-described embodiment and its modification examples, the touch panel sensor 110 is an example in which the touch panel sensor 110 is a separate component from the color filter 200 of the LCD panel 155. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the touch panel sensor may be formed integrally with the color filter 200. Note that “the touch panel sensor is integrally formed with the color filter” means that the touch panel sensor substrate and the color filter substrate are common, as will be described below with reference to FIG. I mean.
 図32は、タッチパネル機能を有するタッチパネルセンサ一体型のカラーフィルタ200Aを示す図である。図32に示すように、カラーフィルタ200Aは、カラーフィルタ用基板201と、カラーフィルタ用基板201の観察側に設けられたセンサ部120と、カラーフィルタ用基板201の表示部側に設けられたブラックマトリクス層202および着色層203と、を有している。ここでセンサ部120は、図16乃至図20に示す第7の実施の形態におけるセンサ部120と略同一であるので、詳細な説明を省略する。 FIG. 32 is a view showing a color filter 200A integrated with a touch panel sensor having a touch panel function. As shown in FIG. 32, the color filter 200A includes a color filter substrate 201, a sensor unit 120 provided on the observation side of the color filter substrate 201, and a black provided on the display unit side of the color filter substrate 201. A matrix layer 202 and a colored layer 203. Here, the sensor unit 120 is substantially the same as the sensor unit 120 in the seventh embodiment shown in FIGS.
 本変形例においては、LCDパネル155Aがタッチパネルセンサ一体型のカラーフィルタ200Aを有することにより、LCDパネル155Aにタッチパネル機能が付与されている。図33は、タッチパネル機能を有するLCDパネル155Aを備えた表示装置70を示す図である。 In this modification, the LCD panel 155A has the touch panel sensor integrated color filter 200A, so that the LCD panel 155A has a touch panel function. FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a display device 70 including an LCD panel 155A having a touch panel function.
 本変形例によれば、上述のように、タッチパネルセンサがカラーフィルタと一体に形成される。これによって、表示装置70により簡易にタッチパネル機能を付与することができる。また、カラーフィルタ200とタッチパネルセンサ110とが別体で構成される場合に比べて、タッチパネルセンサ用の基板を不要にすることができる。従って、タッチパネルセンサ一体型のカラーフィルタ200Aを用いてタッチパネル機能付きの表示装置70を構成する場合、タッチパネルセンサ用の基板の分だけ表示装置70の厚みおよび重量を低減することができる。
 なお、カラーフィルタ200とタッチパネルセンサ110とが別体で構成される場合、カラーフィルタ200とタッチパネルセンサ110とが接着層などにより貼り合わされることが考えられる。このため、接着層の分だけタッチパネルセンサ110における光の透過率が低下することが考えらえる。一方、本変形例によれば、タッチパネルセンサとカラーフィルタとを一体に形成することにより、貼り合わせのための接着層が不要となっている。これによって、光の透過率を向上させることができる。また、接着層を用いてカラーフィルタ200とタッチパネルセンサ110とを貼り合わせる工程が不要となる。これによって、製造の工数を削減するとともに、貼り合わせの際に生じうる不具合を回避することができる。例えば、貼り合わせの際に気泡などが混入し、これによって歩留りが低下するというような懸念をなくすことができる。
According to this modification, as described above, the touch panel sensor is formed integrally with the color filter. Thereby, the touch panel function can be easily provided by the display device 70. Further, a substrate for the touch panel sensor can be made unnecessary as compared with the case where the color filter 200 and the touch panel sensor 110 are configured separately. Therefore, when the display device 70 with a touch panel function is configured using the touch panel sensor integrated color filter 200A, the thickness and weight of the display device 70 can be reduced by the amount of the substrate for the touch panel sensor.
In addition, when the color filter 200 and the touch panel sensor 110 are comprised separately, it is possible that the color filter 200 and the touch panel sensor 110 are bonded together by an adhesive layer. For this reason, it can be considered that the light transmittance in the touch panel sensor 110 is reduced by the amount of the adhesive layer. On the other hand, according to this modification, the touch panel sensor and the color filter are integrally formed, thereby eliminating the need for an adhesive layer for bonding. Thereby, the light transmittance can be improved. Moreover, the process of bonding the color filter 200 and the touch panel sensor 110 using an adhesive layer is not necessary. As a result, the number of manufacturing steps can be reduced, and problems that may occur during bonding can be avoided. For example, it is possible to eliminate the concern that bubbles or the like are mixed at the time of bonding, thereby reducing the yield.
 なお本明細書において、「表示装置70/表示部50/表示ユニット151がタッチパネルセンサ110を備えた/有する/含む」とは、表示装置70/表示部50/表示ユニット151が、独立して取引、搬送などされ得るタッチパネルセンサ110を備えた/有する/含む場合だけでなく、カラーフィルタなどの表示装置70/表示部50/表示ユニット151の所定の構成要素にセンサ部120が包含されている場合も含む概念となっている。 In the present specification, “display device 70 / display unit 50 / display unit 151 includes / includes / includes touch panel sensor 110” means that display device 70 / display unit 50 / display unit 151 performs transactions independently. When the sensor unit 120 is included in predetermined components of the display device 70 / the display unit 50 / the display unit 151 such as a color filter, as well as the case where the touch panel sensor 110 that can be transported is included / included / included. It is also a concept that includes.
 第9の実施の形態
 次に図34および図35を参照して、本発明の第9の実施の形態について説明する。本実施の形態においては、上述の第1乃至第7の実施の形態における表示装置の表示部が有機ELまたは無機ELタイプのものである場合の具体的な構成例について説明する。図34および図35に示す第9の実施の形態において、上述の各実施の形態と同一部分には同一符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。
Ninth Embodiment Next, the ninth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. In the present embodiment, a specific configuration example in the case where the display portion of the display device in the first to seventh embodiments is of an organic EL or inorganic EL type will be described. In the ninth embodiment shown in FIGS. 34 and 35, the same components as those in the above-described embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
 図34は、有機ELまたは無機ELタイプの表示部50を備えた表示装置70の一例を示す図である。図34に示すように、表示部50は、有機ELまたは無機ELタイプの表示ユニット151と、表示ユニット151の観察者側に設けられたタッチパネルセンサ110とを有している。 FIG. 34 is a diagram illustrating an example of a display device 70 including an organic EL or inorganic EL type display unit 50. As shown in FIG. 34, the display unit 50 includes an organic EL or inorganic EL type display unit 151 and a touch panel sensor 110 provided on the viewer side of the display unit 151.
 (表示ユニット)
 表示ユニット151は、反射電極層164と、反射電極層164の観察者側に設けられ、有機発光材料または無機発光材料からなる発光層163と、発光層163の観察者側に設けられたカラーフィルタ200と、カラーフィルタ200の観察者側に設けられた観察者側偏光板154と、を有している。なお図示はしないが、表示装置70の各構成要素間には接着層が介在されていてもよい。
(Display unit)
The display unit 151 is provided on the viewer side of the reflective electrode layer 164 and the reflective electrode layer 164, a light emitting layer 163 made of an organic light emitting material or an inorganic light emitting material, and a color filter provided on the viewer side of the light emitting layer 163. 200 and an observer-side polarizing plate 154 provided on the observer side of the color filter 200. Although not shown, an adhesive layer may be interposed between the constituent elements of the display device 70.
 本実施の形態によれば、有機ELまたは無機ELタイプの表示装置70は、表示部50と、表示部50の観察者側に設けられた表示用前面板40とを備えている。このため、有機ELまたは無機ELタイプの表示装置70の観察者側において外光の反射が生じるのを防ぐことができる。 According to the present embodiment, the organic EL or inorganic EL type display device 70 includes the display unit 50 and the display front plate 40 provided on the viewer side of the display unit 50. For this reason, it is possible to prevent external light from being reflected on the viewer side of the display device 70 of the organic EL or inorganic EL type.
 また本実施の形態によれば、表示部50はタッチパネルセンサ110を有している。このため、有機ELまたは無機ELタイプの表示装置70にタッチパネル機能を付与することができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the display unit 50 includes the touch panel sensor 110. For this reason, a touch panel function can be provided to the organic EL or inorganic EL type display device 70.
 (中間製品)
 なお上述の本実施の形態において、反射電極層164を含む表示ユニット151がタッチパネルセンサ110や表示用前面板40と組み合わされる例を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、表示ユニット151が形成されるよりも前の段階で、表示ユニット151の各構成要素、例えば観察者側偏光板154やカラーフィルタ200がタッチパネルセンサ110や表示用前面板40と組み合わされてもよい。
(Intermediate product)
In the above-described embodiment, the example in which the display unit 151 including the reflective electrode layer 164 is combined with the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and before the display unit 151 is formed, each component of the display unit 151, such as the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the color filter 200, is the touch panel sensor 110 and the display unit. It may be combined with the front plate 40.
 例えば図35に示すように、観察者側偏光板154,カラーフィルタ200および発光層163がタッチパネルセンサ110および表示用前面板40と組み合わされ、これによって、表示装置のための中間製品220が構成されてもよい。 For example, as shown in FIG. 35, the observer-side polarizing plate 154, the color filter 200, and the light emitting layer 163 are combined with the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40, thereby forming an intermediate product 220 for the display device. May be.
 また本実施の形態においても、図32および図33に示す形態の場合と同様に、タッチパネル機能を有するタッチパネルセンサ一体型のカラーフィルタ200Aが用いられてもよい。これによって、表示装置70により簡易にタッチパネル機能を付与することができる。 Also in the present embodiment, a touch panel sensor integrated color filter 200A having a touch panel function may be used as in the case of the embodiments shown in FIGS. Thereby, the touch panel function can be easily provided by the display device 70.
 また本実施の形態においても、図27乃至図31に示す形態の場合と同様に、タッチパネルセンサ110が観察者側偏光板154の表示部側に設けられていてもよい。 Also in this embodiment, the touch panel sensor 110 may be provided on the display unit side of the observer-side polarizing plate 154 as in the case of the embodiments shown in FIGS.
 第10の実施の形態
 次に図36乃至図40を参照して、本発明の第10の実施の形態について説明する。図36乃至図40に示す本実施の形態は、表示用前面板がタッチパネルセンサを有する点が異なるのみであり、他の構成は、図1乃至図4(a)(b)に示す第1の実施の形態と略同一である。図36乃至図40に示す第10の実施の形態において、図1乃至図4(a)(b)に示す第1の実施の形態と同一部分には同一符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。
Tenth Embodiment Next, a tenth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. The present embodiment shown in FIGS. 36 to 40 is different only in that the display front plate has a touch panel sensor. Other configurations are the same as the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 4A and 4B. This is substantially the same as the embodiment. In the tenth embodiment shown in FIGS. 36 to 40, the same parts as those in the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 4A and 4B are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof is omitted. To do.
 表示用前面板
 図36に示すように、表示用前面板40Aは、透明基板20と、透明基板20の観察者側に設けられた緩衝層60と、緩衝層60の観察者側に設けられた反射防止膜30と、透明基板20の表示部側に設けられたタッチパネルセンサ110と、を有している。このように本実施の形態においては、表示用前面板40Aがタッチパネルセンサ110を有することにより、表示用前面板40Aにタッチパネル機能が付与されている。
Display Front Plate As shown in FIG. 36, the display front plate 40A is provided on the transparent substrate 20, the buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, and the observer side of the buffer layer 60. The anti-reflection film 30 and the touch panel sensor 110 provided on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20 are included. As described above, in the present embodiment, the display front plate 40A includes the touch panel sensor 110, whereby the touch panel function is provided to the display front plate 40A.
 図37は、表示部50と、表示部50の観察者側に設けられ、タッチパネルセンサ110を有する表示用前面板40Aと、を備えた表示装置70を示す図である。本実施の形態によれば、タッチパネル機能付きの表示用前面板40Aを用いることにより、表示装置70にタッチパネル機能をより簡易に付与することができ、かつ、表示装置70の観察者側において外光の反射が生じるのを防ぐことができる。 FIG. 37 is a diagram showing a display device 70 that includes a display unit 50 and a display front plate 40 </ b> A that is provided on the viewer side of the display unit 50 and has a touch panel sensor 110. According to the present embodiment, by using the display front plate 40A with a touch panel function, the touch panel function can be given to the display device 70 more easily, and the outside light on the viewer side of the display device 70 can be provided. Can be prevented from occurring.
 ところで、図36に示す表示用前面板40Aにおいては、透明基板20に直接的にタッチパネルセンサ110が接している。この場合、透明基板20とタッチパネルセンサ110との間にエアギャップが生じることが考えられ、このエアギャップに起因して透明基板20の表示部側で光の反射が生じることが考えられる。以下、このような光の反射を防ぐための変形例について説明する。 Incidentally, the touch panel sensor 110 is in direct contact with the transparent substrate 20 in the display front panel 40A shown in FIG. In this case, it is conceivable that an air gap is generated between the transparent substrate 20 and the touch panel sensor 110, and it is conceivable that light is reflected on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20 due to the air gap. Hereinafter, modified examples for preventing such reflection of light will be described.
 (第1の変形例)
 図38は、透明基板20とタッチパネルセンサ110との間に接着層100が設けられる例を示す図である。このような接着層100を設けることにより、透明基板20とタッチパネルセンサ110との間にエアギャップが生じるのを防ぐことができ、これによって、透明基板20の表示部側において光の反射が生じるのを防ぐことができる。
(First modification)
FIG. 38 is a diagram illustrating an example in which the adhesive layer 100 is provided between the transparent substrate 20 and the touch panel sensor 110. By providing such an adhesive layer 100, it is possible to prevent an air gap from being generated between the transparent substrate 20 and the touch panel sensor 110, whereby light is reflected on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20. Can be prevented.
 (第2の変形例)
 図39は、透明基板20の表示部側に追加緩衝層65および追加反射防止膜35が設けられる例を示す図である。図39に示す形態においては、追加低屈折率層36からなる追加反射防止膜35を設けることにより、透明基板20の表示部側において光の反射が生じるのを防ぐことができる。また追加緩衝層65を設けることにより、追加反射防止膜35が損傷するのを防ぐことができる。
(Second modification)
FIG. 39 is a diagram illustrating an example in which the additional buffer layer 65 and the additional antireflection film 35 are provided on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20. In the form shown in FIG. 39, it is possible to prevent light from being reflected on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20 by providing the additional antireflection film 35 formed of the additional low refractive index layer 36. Further, by providing the additional buffer layer 65, it is possible to prevent the additional antireflection film 35 from being damaged.
 (第3の変形例)
 図40は、透明基板20の表示部側に追加低屈折率層36Aからなる追加反射防止膜35が設けられる例を示す図である。追加低屈折率層36Aは、上述の第6の実施の形態の場合と同様に、耐擦傷性が高められた追加低屈折率層となっている。このような追加低屈折率層36Aを設けることにより、透明基板20の表示部側において光の反射が生じるのを防ぐことができ、かつ追加緩衝層65を不要とすることができる。
(Third Modification)
FIG. 40 is a diagram illustrating an example in which the additional antireflection film 35 including the additional low refractive index layer 36A is provided on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20. The additional low refractive index layer 36A is an additional low refractive index layer with improved scratch resistance, as in the case of the sixth embodiment described above. By providing such an additional low refractive index layer 36A, it is possible to prevent light from being reflected on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20, and to make the additional buffer layer 65 unnecessary.
 (その他の変形例)
 なお本実施の形態およびその変形例において、反射防止膜30または追加反射防止膜35が低屈折率層31または追加低屈折率層36,36Aのみからなる形態を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、上述の第3および第4の実施の形態の変形例の場合と同様に、反射防止膜30または追加反射防止膜35が高屈折率層32または追加高屈折率層37をさらに有していてもよい。これによって、反射防止膜30および追加反射防止膜35が外光の反射を防止する効果をより高くすることができる。
 また上述の第5の実施の形態の場合と同様に、反射防止膜30の観察者側に接着層100が設けられていてもよい。これによって、表示用前面板40Aとその他の部材とを組み合わせる作業を容易化することができる。また上述の第5の実施の形態の変形例の場合と同様に、反射防止膜30の観察者側に設けられた接着層100の観察者側に保護層105が設けられていてもよい。
(Other variations)
In the present embodiment and its modified examples, the form in which the antireflection film 30 or the additional antireflection film 35 includes only the low refractive index layer 31 or the additional low refractive index layers 36 and 36A is shown. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the antireflection film 30 or the additional antireflection film 35 is the high refractive index layer 32 or the additional high refraction, as in the case of the modifications of the third and fourth embodiments. The rate layer 37 may be further included. Thereby, the effect of preventing reflection of external light by the antireflection film 30 and the additional antireflection film 35 can be further enhanced.
Further, as in the case of the fifth embodiment described above, the adhesive layer 100 may be provided on the viewer side of the antireflection film 30. As a result, the work of combining the display front plate 40A and other members can be facilitated. Similarly to the modification of the fifth embodiment described above, the protective layer 105 may be provided on the observer side of the adhesive layer 100 provided on the observer side of the antireflection film 30.
 また本実施の形態及び変形例において、表示用前面板40Aが、観察者側偏光板154やカラーフィルタ200などをさらに有していてもよい。例えば図41に示すように、透明基板20とタッチパネルセンサ110との間に観察者側偏光板154が設けられていてもよく、また図42に示すように、タッチパネルセンサ110の表示部側にカラーフィルタ200が設けられていてもよい。また、図示はしないが、図41および図42に示すタッチパネルセンサ110の配置と観察者側偏光板154の配置とが入れ替えられてもよい。 In the present embodiment and the modification, the display front plate 40A may further include an observer-side polarizing plate 154, a color filter 200, and the like. For example, as shown in FIG. 41, an observer-side polarizing plate 154 may be provided between the transparent substrate 20 and the touch panel sensor 110. Further, as shown in FIG. A filter 200 may be provided. Although not shown, the arrangement of the touch panel sensor 110 and the arrangement of the observer side polarizing plate 154 shown in FIGS. 41 and 42 may be interchanged.
 第11の実施の形態
 次に図43乃至図48を参照して、本発明の第11の実施の形態について説明する。図43乃至図48に示す本実施の形態は、タッチパネルセンサが表示用前面板と一体に形成されている点が異なるのみであり、他の構成は、図36乃至図42に示す第10の実施の形態と略同一である。図43乃至図48に示す第11の実施の形態において、図36乃至図42に示す第10の実施の形態と同一部分には同一符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。
Eleventh Embodiment Next, an eleventh embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. The present embodiment shown in FIGS. 43 to 48 is only different in that the touch panel sensor is integrally formed with the display front plate, and the other configuration is the tenth embodiment shown in FIGS. 36 to 42. The form is substantially the same. In the eleventh embodiment shown in FIG. 43 to FIG. 48, the same parts as those in the tenth embodiment shown in FIG. 36 to FIG.
 図43は、タッチパネルセンサと一体に形成された表示用前面板40Aを示す図である。図43に示すように、表示用前面板40Aは、透明基板20と、透明基板20の観察者側に設けられた緩衝層60と、緩衝層60の観察者側に設けられた反射防止膜30と、透明基板20の表示部側の面上に設けられたセンサ部120と、を有している。ここでセンサ部120は、上述の第7の実施の形態において示したセンサ部120と略同一であるので、詳細な説明を省略する。 FIG. 43 is a diagram showing a display front plate 40A formed integrally with the touch panel sensor. As shown in FIG. 43, the display front plate 40 </ b> A includes a transparent substrate 20, a buffer layer 60 provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, and an antireflection film 30 provided on the observer side of the buffer layer 60. And a sensor unit 120 provided on the surface of the transparent substrate 20 on the display unit side. Here, since the sensor part 120 is substantially the same as the sensor part 120 shown in the above-mentioned 7th Embodiment, detailed description is abbreviate | omitted.
 ここで「タッチパネルセンサが表示用前面板40Aと一体に形成される」とは、図43に示されているように、タッチパネルセンサ用の基板と表示用前面板用の透明基板とが共通になっていることを意味している。 Here, "the touch panel sensor is formed integrally with the display front plate 40A" means that the touch panel sensor substrate and the display front plate transparent substrate are common as shown in FIG. It means that
 このように本実施の形態によれば、タッチパネルセンサが表示用前面板40Aに一体化されている。これによって、より簡易に表示用前面板40Aにタッチパネル機能を付与することができる。また、タッチパネルセンサ110と表示用前面板40とが別体で構成される場合に比べて、タッチパネルセンサ用の基板を不要にすることができる。従って、表示用前面板40Aを用いてタッチパネル機能付きの表示装置70を構成する場合、タッチパネルセンサ用の基板の分だけ表示装置70の厚みおよび重量を低減することができる。 Thus, according to the present embodiment, the touch panel sensor is integrated with the display front plate 40A. Thereby, a touch panel function can be given to the display front plate 40A more easily. Further, the touch panel sensor substrate and the display front plate 40 can be made unnecessary as compared with the case where the touch panel sensor 110 and the display front plate 40 are configured separately. Therefore, when the display device 70 with a touch panel function is configured using the display front plate 40A, the thickness and weight of the display device 70 can be reduced by the amount of the substrate for the touch panel sensor.
 また本実施の形態によれば、透明基板20の表示部側の面がセンサ部120によって覆われている。従って、透明基板20の表示部側の面にエアギャップが形成されることはない。このため、上述の第10の実施の形態の場合のように透明基板20の表示部側に接着層100などを設けることなく、透明基板20の表示部側において光の反射が生じるのを防ぐことができる。すなわち本実施の形態によれば、表示用前面板40Aにタッチパネル機能を付与するだけでなく、同時に、透明基板20の表示部側において光の反射が生じるのを防ぐこともできる。
 また、センサ部120と透明基板20との間に接着層100が介在されないようにすることにより、センサ部120の感度を向上させるとともに、光の透過率を向上させることができる。また、接着層100を介して透明基板20とタッチパネルセンサ110とを貼り合わせる工程が不要となり、これによって、製造の工数を削減するとともに、貼り合わせの際に生じうる不具合を回避することができる。例えば、貼り合わせの際に気泡などが混入し、これによって歩留りが低下するというような懸念をなくすことができる。
Further, according to the present embodiment, the surface of the transparent substrate 20 on the display unit side is covered with the sensor unit 120. Therefore, no air gap is formed on the surface of the transparent substrate 20 on the display unit side. Therefore, it is possible to prevent light from being reflected on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20 without providing the adhesive layer 100 or the like on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20 as in the case of the tenth embodiment described above. Can do. That is, according to the present embodiment, not only a touch panel function can be given to the display front plate 40A, but also light reflection on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20 can be prevented.
Further, by preventing the adhesive layer 100 from being interposed between the sensor unit 120 and the transparent substrate 20, the sensitivity of the sensor unit 120 can be improved and the light transmittance can be improved. Moreover, the process of bonding the transparent substrate 20 and the touch panel sensor 110 via the adhesive layer 100 becomes unnecessary, thereby reducing the number of manufacturing steps and avoiding problems that may occur at the time of bonding. For example, it is possible to eliminate the concern that bubbles or the like are mixed at the time of bonding, thereby reducing the yield.
 なお本明細書において、「表示用前面板40Aがタッチパネルセンサ110を備えた/有する/含む」とは、表示用前面板40Aが、独立して取引、搬送などされ得るタッチパネルセンサ110を備えた/有する/含む場合だけでなく、表示用前面板40Aの透明基板20上にセンサ部120が形成されている場合も含む概念となっている。 In this specification, “the display front plate 40A includes / includes / includes the touch panel sensor 110” means that the display front plate 40A includes the touch panel sensor 110 that can be independently traded, transported, etc. The concept includes not only the case where the sensor unit 120 is included but also the case where the sensor unit 120 is formed on the transparent substrate 20 of the display front plate 40A.
 (変形例)
 なおタッチパネルセンサと一体に形成された表示用前面板40Aの形態が図43に示す形態に限られることはなく、その他の様々な形態が考えられ得る。例えば図44に示すように、センサ部120の表示部側に接着層100が設けられていてもよい。また図45および図46に示すように、センサ部120に信号処理部125が取り付けられていてもよい。また図47に示すように、センサ部120の表示部側に観察者側偏光板154が設けられていてもよい。また図48に示すように、観察者側偏光板154の表示部側にカラーフィルタ200がさらに設けられていてもよい。またセンサ部120が透明基板20の表示部側の面上に形成されている例を示したが、これに限られることはなく、センサ部120が透明基板20の観察者側の面上に形成されていてもよい。
(Modification)
The form of the display front plate 40A formed integrally with the touch panel sensor is not limited to the form shown in FIG. 43, and various other forms can be considered. For example, as shown in FIG. 44, the adhesive layer 100 may be provided on the display unit side of the sensor unit 120. Further, as shown in FIGS. 45 and 46, a signal processing unit 125 may be attached to the sensor unit 120. 47, an observer-side polarizing plate 154 may be provided on the display unit side of the sensor unit 120. As shown in FIG. 48, a color filter 200 may be further provided on the display unit side of the observer side polarizing plate 154. Moreover, although the sensor part 120 showed the example formed on the surface by the side of the display part of the transparent substrate 20, it is not restricted to this, The sensor part 120 is formed on the surface by the side of the observer of the transparent substrate 20 May be.
 (その他の変形例)
 また本実施の形態およびその変形例において、反射防止膜30が低屈折率層31のみからなる形態を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、上述の第3の実施の形態の変形例の場合と同様に、反射防止膜30が高屈折率層32をさらに有していてもよい。これによって、反射防止膜30が外光の反射を防止する効果をより高くすることができる。また、上述の第4の実施の形態の場合と同様に、表示用前面板40Aが追加緩衝層65と追加反射防止膜35とをさらに備えていてもよい。また上述の第6の実施の形態の場合と同様に、耐擦傷性が高められた追加低屈折率層36Aが追加反射防止膜35に包含される場合、追加緩衝層65が設けられていなくてもよい。
 また上述の第5の実施の形態の場合と同様に、反射防止膜30の観察者側に接着層100が設けられていてもよい。これによって、表示用前面板40Aとその他の部材とを組み合わせる作業を容易化することができる。また上述の第5の実施の形態の変形例の場合と同様に、反射防止膜30の観察者側に設けられた接着層100の観察者側に保護層105が設けられていてもよい。
(Other variations)
In the present embodiment and its modifications, the antireflection film 30 is composed of only the low refractive index layer 31. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the antireflection film 30 may further include a high refractive index layer 32 as in the case of the modification of the third embodiment described above. Thereby, the effect of the antireflection film 30 preventing reflection of external light can be further enhanced. As in the case of the fourth embodiment described above, the display front plate 40A may further include an additional buffer layer 65 and an additional antireflection film 35. As in the case of the sixth embodiment, when the additional low refractive index layer 36A with improved scratch resistance is included in the additional antireflection film 35, the additional buffer layer 65 is not provided. Also good.
Further, as in the case of the fifth embodiment described above, the adhesive layer 100 may be provided on the viewer side of the antireflection film 30. As a result, the work of combining the display front plate 40A and other members can be facilitated. Similarly to the modification of the fifth embodiment described above, the protective layer 105 may be provided on the observer side of the adhesive layer 100 provided on the observer side of the antireflection film 30.
 また本実施の形態の変形例において、タッチパネル機能付きの表示用前面板40Aが観察者側偏光板154やカラーフィルタ200をさらに有する例を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、タッチパネル機能を有さない表示用前面板40が観察者側偏光板154やカラーフィルタ200をさらに有していてもよい。 Further, in the modification of the present embodiment, an example in which the display front plate 40A with a touch panel function further includes the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the color filter 200 is shown. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the display front plate 40 that does not have a touch panel function may further include the observer-side polarizing plate 154 and the color filter 200.
 また本実施の形態およびその変形例において、緩衝層60が透明基板20の観察者側に設けられ、センサ部120が透明基板20の表示部側に設けられている例を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、図51Aに示すように、緩衝層60およびセンサ部120がいずれも透明基板20の一方の側に設けられていてもよい。例えば、緩衝層60およびセンサ部120がいずれも透明基板20の観察者側に設けられていてもよく、若しくは、緩衝層60およびセンサ部120がいずれも透明基板20の表示部50側に設けられていてもよい。 Further, in the present embodiment and its modifications, an example in which the buffer layer 60 is provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20 and the sensor unit 120 is provided on the display unit side of the transparent substrate 20 is shown. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and as shown in FIG. 51A, both the buffer layer 60 and the sensor unit 120 may be provided on one side of the transparent substrate 20. For example, both the buffer layer 60 and the sensor unit 120 may be provided on the observer side of the transparent substrate 20, or both the buffer layer 60 and the sensor unit 120 are provided on the display unit 50 side of the transparent substrate 20. It may be.
 図51Aに示す表示用前面板40の緩衝層60およびセンサ部120の一形態例について、図51Bを参照して説明する。図51Bに示すように、透明基板20の一方の側には、透明基板20の一方の側の面上に形成されたx透明導電パターン111を含むセンサ部120と、センサ部120を覆うよう配置された緩衝層60と、が設けられている。ここで緩衝層60は、図51Bに示すように、透明基板20の一方の側の面に部分的に接触している。すなわち本変形例においても、緩衝層60は、透明基板20の面上に直接的に設けられている。 One example of the buffer layer 60 and the sensor unit 120 of the display front plate 40 shown in FIG. 51A will be described with reference to FIG. 51B. 51B, on one side of the transparent substrate 20, a sensor unit 120 including an x transparent conductive pattern 111 formed on the surface of one side of the transparent substrate 20, and a sensor unit 120 is disposed. The buffer layer 60 is provided. Here, as shown in FIG. 51B, the buffer layer 60 is in partial contact with the surface on one side of the transparent substrate 20. That is, also in this modification, the buffer layer 60 is provided directly on the surface of the transparent substrate 20.
 また上記第5乃至第11の実施の形態においても、図10に示される形態のように、表示用前面板40,40Aの観察者側の非表示領域内に意匠層10が形成されていてもよい。
 また、上記各実施の形態による表示用前面板40,40Aの観察者側の非表示領域内に形成される意匠層10が、各種のセンサとしての機能を有していてもよい。例えば、意匠層10が光センサとしての機能を有していてもよい。意匠層10が光センサとしての機能を有している場合、意匠層10が、タッチパネルセンサや近接センサなどとして用いられ得るようになる。
 近接センサとは、物体が近づいたことを、物体と接触することなく感知することができるセンサである。このような近接センサがスイッチとして用いられる場合、スイッチがあるということが第3者に認識されることなくスイッチとしてのオンオフ切替機能を発揮することが可能となる。例えばタッチパネルセンサ付き携帯電話機等では、人が通話をしようとして耳を携帯電話機等に近づけると、近接センサは、携帯電話機等に耳が近づいたことを感知する。これによって、自動的にタッチパネルディスプレイのオンオフを切り替えることができ、このような仕組みにより、消費電力を節約することができる。また、仮に耳が近づいているときに顔がタッチパネルセンサに接触したとしても、その接触がタッチパネルセンサを用いた操作を目的とするものではないという判断をすることが可能となり、これによって誤動作を防ぐことができる。
 近接センサは、近くに物体が存在するかどうかだけでなく、物体までの距離を確認することもできる。このため、例えばデジタルサイネージ用ディスプレイで近接センサが用いられる場合、人が所定の距離まで近づいた場合にのみ電源をオンすることが可能となる。さらに、年齢や性別などを判断するソフトと組み合わせることで、最適な情報を提供することが可能となる。
Also in the fifth to eleventh embodiments, even if the design layer 10 is formed in the non-display area on the viewer side of the display front plates 40 and 40A as in the embodiment shown in FIG. Good.
In addition, the design layer 10 formed in the non-display area on the viewer side of the display front plates 40 and 40A according to the above embodiments may have a function as various sensors. For example, the design layer 10 may have a function as an optical sensor. When the design layer 10 has a function as an optical sensor, the design layer 10 can be used as a touch panel sensor, a proximity sensor, or the like.
The proximity sensor is a sensor that can sense that an object is approaching without contacting the object. When such a proximity sensor is used as a switch, an on / off switching function as a switch can be exhibited without a third person recognizing that there is a switch. For example, in a mobile phone with a touch panel sensor or the like, when a person tries to make a call and an ear is brought close to the mobile phone or the like, the proximity sensor detects that the ear has approached the mobile phone or the like. Accordingly, the touch panel display can be automatically switched on and off, and power consumption can be saved by such a mechanism. In addition, even if the face is in contact with the touch panel sensor when the ear is approaching, it is possible to determine that the contact is not intended for operation using the touch panel sensor, thereby preventing malfunction. be able to.
The proximity sensor can check not only whether there is an object nearby but also the distance to the object. For this reason, for example, when a proximity sensor is used in a digital signage display, the power can be turned on only when a person approaches a predetermined distance. Furthermore, by combining with software that determines age, sex, etc., it is possible to provide optimal information.
 (透明基板の変形例)
 また上記各実施の形態において、透明基板20としてガラスが用いられる例を示した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、透明基板20として、ポリカーボネート、ポリスチレン、アクリルなどのプラスチック基板を用いてもよい。
 また、透明基板20としてガラスが用いられる場合、様々なタイプのガラスが用いられ得る。例えば、ソーダガラスやホウケイ酸ガラスなどのアルカリガラスを用いてもよく、または無アルカリガラスを用いてもよい。また、ガラスの表面に化学強化層が設けられた化学強化ガラスが用いられてもよい。ここで化学強化層とは、ガラス中のナトリウムをカリウムに置換することにより形成される層である。このような化学強化層をガラスの表面に形成することにより、透明基板20に何らかの衝撃が加えられた場合に透明基板20が割れてしまうことを抑制することができる。なお、このような化学強化層の厚みが特に限られることはなく、求められる特性に応じて化学強化層の厚みが適宜設定される。例えば、ガラスにある程度の強度を付与しながら、ガラスの切断性および生産性も確保される必要がある場合、化学強化層の厚みが約5~10μmの範囲内に設定される。また、ガラスにさらに高い強度を付与することが求められる場合、化学強化層の厚みは、約10~35μmの範囲内に設定されてもよく、35μm以上に設定されてもよい。なお、化学強化層の厚みが約10~35μmの範囲内となっている場合は、ガラスはある程度の切断性を有している。一方、化学強化層の厚みが35μm以上となっている場合は、仮にダイヤモンドカッターなどの高性能の切断手段が用いられる場合であっても、ガラスを切断することが困難になる。従って、化学強化層の厚みを35μm以上にすることが求められる場合、好ましくは、所望の形状に切り出された後のガラスにイオン交換処理を施すことにより、ガラスの表面に化学強化層が形成される。
 このように表面に化学強化層が形成されたガラスの例としては、例えば、コーニング社のGorilla Glass(ゴリラガラス)や、旭硝子社のDragontrail(ドラゴントレイル)などが挙げられる。
(Modified example of transparent substrate)
Moreover, in each said embodiment, the example in which glass is used as the transparent substrate 20 was shown. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the transparent substrate 20 may be a plastic substrate such as polycarbonate, polystyrene, or acrylic.
When glass is used as the transparent substrate 20, various types of glass can be used. For example, alkali glass such as soda glass or borosilicate glass may be used, or non-alkali glass may be used. Moreover, the chemically strengthened glass with which the chemically strengthened layer was provided in the surface of glass may be used. Here, the chemical strengthening layer is a layer formed by replacing sodium in the glass with potassium. By forming such a chemically strengthened layer on the glass surface, it is possible to prevent the transparent substrate 20 from cracking when some impact is applied to the transparent substrate 20. Note that the thickness of such a chemically strengthened layer is not particularly limited, and the thickness of the chemically strengthened layer is appropriately set according to required characteristics. For example, when it is necessary to ensure the cutting ability and productivity of the glass while imparting a certain degree of strength to the glass, the thickness of the chemical strengthening layer is set within a range of about 5 to 10 μm. Further, when it is required to impart higher strength to the glass, the thickness of the chemically strengthened layer may be set within a range of about 10 to 35 μm, or may be set to 35 μm or more. When the thickness of the chemically strengthened layer is in the range of about 10 to 35 μm, the glass has a certain degree of cutability. On the other hand, when the thickness of the chemically strengthened layer is 35 μm or more, it is difficult to cut the glass even if a high-performance cutting means such as a diamond cutter is used. Therefore, when the thickness of the chemically strengthened layer is required to be 35 μm or more, preferably, the chemically strengthened layer is formed on the surface of the glass by performing ion exchange treatment on the glass after being cut into a desired shape. The
Examples of the glass having a chemically strengthened layer formed on the surface in this way include Corning's Gorilla Glass (Gorilla Glass), Asahi Glass Company's Dragon Trail, and the like.
 (低屈折率層の材料の変形例)
 また上記各実施の形態において、表示用前面板40のうち観察者側の最外面に位置する層、例えば低屈折率層31や保護層105が、汚れの付着を防止する防汚層としての機能をさらに有していてもよい。防汚層としての機能とは、例えば、人の手が触れることにより付着する油脂成分である指紋に対する耐指紋性、雨水に対する撥水性、汚れの拭取り性に対する滑り性、さらにはマジックを用いた落書きに対する耐マジック性などである。低屈折率層31や保護層105に防汚層としての機能を付与する方法としては、例えば、低屈折率層31や保護層105に所定の割合でケイ素元素、炭素元素およびフッ素元素を含有させることが挙げられる。
(Modification example of material of low refractive index layer)
In each of the above embodiments, the layer located on the outermost surface on the viewer side of the display front plate 40, for example, the low refractive index layer 31 or the protective layer 105 functions as an antifouling layer that prevents adhesion of dirt. May further be included. The function as an antifouling layer is, for example, fingerprint resistance, which is an oil and fat component that adheres when touched by human hands, water repellency against rainwater, slipperiness against dirt wiping, and magic. Magic resistance against graffiti. As a method for imparting a function as an antifouling layer to the low refractive index layer 31 or the protective layer 105, for example, the low refractive index layer 31 or the protective layer 105 contains silicon element, carbon element, and fluorine element at a predetermined ratio. Can be mentioned.
 (緩衝層および低屈折率層のより好ましい形成方法)
 また上記各実施の形態において、緩衝層60が、緩衝層60の材料を含む塗布液を透明基板20上に塗布することにより形成される例、および、シート状またはフィルム状の緩衝層60を準備し、これを接着剤やテープなどの接着層を介して透明基板20上に貼り付けることにより形成される例を示した。これら2種類の方法のうち、好ましくは、緩衝層60の材料を含む塗布液を透明基板20上に塗布することにより緩衝層60を形成する方法が用いられる。理由は以下のとおりである。
 緩衝層60が接着層を介して透明基板20に貼り合わされる場合、はじめに、基材となるシートまたはフィルムを準備し、次に、緩衝層60の材料を含む塗布液をシートまたはフィルム上に塗布し、これによってシート状またはフィルム状の緩衝層60を作製する。この場合、表示用前面板の製造工程において、シート状またはフィルム状の緩衝層60を透明基板20に貼る作業が発生することになる。この場合、シート状またはフィルム状の緩衝層60を透明基板20に貼る際に異物や気泡などが混入し、これによって歩留りが低下するということが考えられる。さらに、緩衝層60を支持するシートまたはフィルム、および、シート状またはフィルム状の緩衝層60と透明基板20とを貼り合わせるための接着層の分だけ、表示用前面板の重量および厚みが増加することや、表示用前面板における光の透過率が低下することも考えられる。また、シート状またはフィルム状の緩衝層60には一般にうねりがあるため、このうねりにより表示用前面板の見た目が不均一になってしまうことも考えられる。
 これに対して、緩衝層60の材料を含む塗布液を透明基板20上に塗布することにより緩衝層60を形成する場合、シート状またはフィルム状の緩衝層60を透明基板20上に貼り付ける工程を削減することができる。これによって、製造の工数を削減するとともに、貼り合わせの際に生じうる上述の不具合を回避することができる。また、緩衝層60を支持するシートまたはフィルム、および、貼り合わせのための接着層を不要にすることにより、シートまたはフィルムおよび接着層の分だけ表示用前面板の重量および厚みが増加することや、シートまたはフィルムおよび接着層の分だけ表示用前面板における光の透過率が低下することを防ぐことができる。すなわち、緩衝層60を透明基板20に直接的に設けることにより、シート状またはフィルム状の緩衝層60が用いられる場合に比べて、表示用前面板の光の透過率を高くすることができる。また、シート状またはフィルム状の緩衝層60のうねりに起因して表示用前面板の見た目が不均一になることを防ぐことができる。
(A more preferable method for forming the buffer layer and the low refractive index layer)
In each of the above embodiments, an example in which the buffer layer 60 is formed by applying a coating solution containing the material of the buffer layer 60 on the transparent substrate 20 and a sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 are prepared. Then, an example in which this is formed on the transparent substrate 20 through an adhesive layer such as an adhesive or a tape is shown. Of these two types of methods, a method of forming the buffer layer 60 by applying a coating solution containing the material of the buffer layer 60 on the transparent substrate 20 is preferably used. The reason is as follows.
When the buffer layer 60 is bonded to the transparent substrate 20 via the adhesive layer, first, a sheet or film as a base material is prepared, and then a coating solution containing the material of the buffer layer 60 is applied onto the sheet or film. Thus, the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 is produced. In this case, in the manufacturing process of the display front plate, an operation of attaching the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 to the transparent substrate 20 occurs. In this case, it is conceivable that foreign matters, bubbles, or the like are mixed when the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 is applied to the transparent substrate 20, thereby reducing the yield. Furthermore, the weight and thickness of the display front plate increase by the amount of the sheet or film that supports the buffer layer 60 and the adhesive layer for bonding the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 and the transparent substrate 20 together. In addition, the light transmittance of the display front plate may be reduced. In addition, since the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 generally has undulations, it may be possible that the appearance of the display front plate becomes non-uniform due to the undulations.
On the other hand, when forming the buffer layer 60 by apply | coating the coating liquid containing the material of the buffer layer 60 on the transparent substrate 20, the process of sticking the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 on the transparent substrate 20 Can be reduced. As a result, the number of manufacturing steps can be reduced, and the above-described problems that may occur at the time of bonding can be avoided. In addition, by eliminating the sheet or film that supports the buffer layer 60 and the adhesive layer for bonding, the weight and thickness of the display front plate can be increased by the amount of the sheet or film and the adhesive layer. It is possible to prevent the light transmittance in the display front plate from being lowered by the amount of the sheet or film and the adhesive layer. That is, by providing the buffer layer 60 directly on the transparent substrate 20, the light transmittance of the display front plate can be increased as compared with the case where the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60 is used. Further, it is possible to prevent the appearance of the display front plate from becoming uneven due to the undulation of the sheet-like or film-like buffer layer 60.
 また上記各実施の形態において、低屈折率層31が、低屈折率層31の材料を含む塗布液を緩衝層60上に塗布することにより形成される例、および、シート状またはフィルム状の低屈折率層31を準備し、これを接着剤やテープなどの接着層を介して緩衝層60上に貼り付けることにより形成される例を示した。これら2種類の方法のうち、好ましくは、緩衝層60の場合と同様に、低屈折率層31の材料を含む塗布液を緩衝層60上に塗布することにより低屈折率層31を形成する方法が用いられる。これによって、緩衝層60の場合と同様に、基材となるシートまたはフィルムに低屈折率層31の材料を含む塗布液を塗布することによって作製されたシート状またはフィルム状の低屈折率層31を透明基板20上に貼り付ける工程を削減することができる。これによって、製造の工数を削減するとともに、貼り合わせの際に生じうる上述の不具合を回避することができる。また、低屈折率層31を支持するシートまたはフィルム、および、貼り合わせのための接着層を不要にすることにより、シートまたはフィルムおよび接着層の分だけ表示用前面板の重量および厚みが増加することや、シートまたはフィルムおよび接着層の分だけ表示用前面板における光の透過率が低下することを防ぐことができる。すなわち、低屈折率層31を緩衝層60に直接的に設けることにより、シート状またはフィルム状の低屈折率層31が用いられる場合に比べて、表示用前面板の光の透過率を高くすることができる。また、シート状またはフィルム状の低屈折率層31のうねりに起因して表示用前面板の見た目が不均一になることを防ぐことができる。 In each of the above embodiments, the low refractive index layer 31 is formed by applying a coating solution containing the material of the low refractive index layer 31 onto the buffer layer 60, and the sheet-like or film-like low An example is shown in which the refractive index layer 31 is prepared and attached to the buffer layer 60 via an adhesive layer such as an adhesive or a tape. Of these two methods, the method of forming the low refractive index layer 31 by applying a coating solution containing the material of the low refractive index layer 31 onto the buffer layer 60 is preferable, as in the case of the buffer layer 60. Is used. Thus, as in the case of the buffer layer 60, the sheet or film-shaped low refractive index layer 31 produced by applying a coating liquid containing the material of the low refractive index layer 31 to the sheet or film serving as the base material. The process of sticking on the transparent substrate 20 can be reduced. As a result, the number of manufacturing steps can be reduced, and the above-described problems that may occur at the time of bonding can be avoided. Further, by eliminating the need for the sheet or film that supports the low refractive index layer 31 and the adhesive layer for bonding, the weight and thickness of the display front plate are increased by the amount of the sheet or film and the adhesive layer. Moreover, it can prevent that the transmittance | permeability of the light in a display front board falls only the part for a sheet | seat or a film, and an contact bonding layer. That is, by providing the low refractive index layer 31 directly on the buffer layer 60, the light transmittance of the display front plate is increased as compared with the case where the sheet or film low refractive index layer 31 is used. be able to. In addition, it is possible to prevent the appearance of the display front plate from becoming uneven due to the undulation of the sheet-like or film-like low refractive index layer 31.
 また上記各実施の形態において、緩衝層60を支持する支持部材が透明基板20によって構成される例を示した。特に、緩衝層60が透明基板20の面上に直接的に設けられる例について重点的に説明した。しかしながら、これに限られることはなく、緩衝層60を支持する支持部材が、透明基板20以外の部材または層をさらに含み、また、当該部材または層の上に緩衝層60が設けられていてもよい。例えば、図52Aに示すように、透明基板20を含む支持部材20Aが、透明基板20上に設けられた不可視化層21をさらに有し、この不可視化層21上に緩衝層60およびセンサ部120が設けられていてもよい。 In each of the above embodiments, the example in which the support member that supports the buffer layer 60 is configured by the transparent substrate 20 has been described. In particular, the example in which the buffer layer 60 is directly provided on the surface of the transparent substrate 20 has been described mainly. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the support member that supports the buffer layer 60 may further include a member or layer other than the transparent substrate 20, and the buffer layer 60 may be provided on the member or layer. Good. For example, as illustrated in FIG. 52A, the support member 20 </ b> A including the transparent substrate 20 further includes an invisible layer 21 provided on the transparent substrate 20, and the buffer layer 60 and the sensor unit 120 are provided on the invisible layer 21. May be provided.
 一般に、x透明導電パターン111およびy透明導電パターン112は、透明基板20に比べて高い光屈折率を有するITOなどから構成されており、この場合、透明基板20とx透明導電パターン111およびy透明導電パターン112との間の光屈折率の差に起因して、x透明導電パターン111およびy透明導電パターン112の存在が観察者から視認されやすくなる。ここで図52Aに示す例によれば、透明基板20とx透明導電パターン111との間に不可視化層21を介在させることにより、x透明導電パターン111が設けられている領域と、x透明導電パターン111が設けられていない領域との間での光の透過率および反射率の差を小さくすることができる。このことにより、x透明導電パターン111の存在が観察者から視認されることを防ぐことができる。このような不可視化層21は、例えば、x透明導電パターン111およびy透明導電パターン112を構成するITOなどの材料よりも高い光屈折率を有する材料を用いることによって構成され得る。 In general, the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 are made of ITO or the like having a higher refractive index than that of the transparent substrate 20. In this case, the transparent substrate 20, the x transparent conductive pattern 111, and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 are transparent. The presence of the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112 is likely to be visually recognized by an observer due to the difference in optical refractive index between the conductive pattern 112 and the conductive pattern 112. Here, according to the example shown in FIG. 52A, by interposing the invisible layer 21 between the transparent substrate 20 and the x transparent conductive pattern 111, the region where the x transparent conductive pattern 111 is provided, and the x transparent conductive pattern It is possible to reduce a difference in light transmittance and reflectance between the region where the pattern 111 is not provided. This prevents the presence of the x transparent conductive pattern 111 from being viewed by an observer. Such an invisible layer 21 can be configured, for example, by using a material having a higher refractive index than materials such as ITO constituting the x transparent conductive pattern 111 and the y transparent conductive pattern 112.
 また図52Bに示すように、透明基板20を含む支持部材20Aが、透明基板20上に設けられたガード層22をさらに有し、このガード層22上に緩衝層60が設けられていてもよい。ここでガード層22は、表示用前面板40を製造する際に発生し得る静電気を適切に逃がすための層であり、例えば、導電性および透明性を有するITOなどから構成されている。 As shown in FIG. 52B, the support member 20A including the transparent substrate 20 may further include a guard layer 22 provided on the transparent substrate 20, and the buffer layer 60 may be provided on the guard layer 22. . Here, the guard layer 22 is a layer for appropriately releasing static electricity that may be generated when the display front plate 40 is manufactured, and is made of, for example, ITO having conductivity and transparency.
 なお上述のように支持部材20Aが透明基板20以外の層や部材をさらに含む場合であっても、好ましくは、緩衝層60は、支持部材20Aの観察者側または表示部側の面上に直接的に設けられる。この目的のため、例えば緩衝層60は、緩衝層60の材料を含む塗布液を支持部材20A上に塗布することにより形成される。これによって、支持部材20Aと緩衝層60との間にシートまたはフィルムを介在させることなく、支持部材20A上に設けられた緩衝層60を得ることができる。
 低屈折率層31が破断することや、低屈折率層31に凹みが形成されたままとなるのを防ぐことができる。
Even when the support member 20A further includes layers and members other than the transparent substrate 20 as described above, the buffer layer 60 is preferably directly on the surface of the support member 20A on the viewer side or the display unit side. Provided. For this purpose, for example, the buffer layer 60 is formed by applying a coating solution containing the material of the buffer layer 60 on the support member 20A. Thus, the buffer layer 60 provided on the support member 20A can be obtained without interposing a sheet or film between the support member 20A and the buffer layer 60.
It is possible to prevent the low refractive index layer 31 from being broken and the low refractive index layer 31 from being left depressed.
 以下、実施例を用いて本発明をより詳細に説明するが、本発明はこの実施例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.
 (実施例)
 以下、4種類の反射防止膜30を準備し、各反射防止膜30に対して耐擦傷性の試験を行った結果について説明する。
(Example)
Hereinafter, the results of preparing four types of antireflection films 30 and performing a scratch resistance test on each antireflection film 30 will be described.
 はじめに透明基板20を準備した。次に、緩衝層60用の材料として、組成の異なる4種類の材料(材料1~4)を準備した。各材料は、緩衝層60の材料として上述したウレタンアクリレートなどのポリマーに、所定のモノマーを配合することにより得られたものである。なお、得られる4種類の緩衝層60のビッカース硬さまたは弾性変形量の割合がそれぞれ異なるよう、各材料の組成が適宜調整されている。 First, a transparent substrate 20 was prepared. Next, four types of materials (materials 1 to 4) having different compositions were prepared as materials for the buffer layer 60. Each material is obtained by blending a predetermined monomer with a polymer such as urethane acrylate described above as the material of the buffer layer 60. In addition, the composition of each material is suitably adjusted so that the ratio of the Vickers hardness or the amount of elastic deformation of the four types of buffer layers 60 obtained is different.
 次に、上述の材料1~4を含む塗布液を作成し、その後、各塗布液を透明基板20上にそれぞれ塗布した。その後、超高圧水銀ランプを用いて露光量300mJで塗布液を露光し、次に230度で30分間焼成した。これによって、4種類の緩衝層60(第1~第4の緩衝層60)が形成された。 Next, coating solutions containing the above materials 1 to 4 were prepared, and then each coating solution was coated on the transparent substrate 20. Thereafter, the coating solution was exposed at an exposure amount of 300 mJ using an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, and then baked at 230 degrees for 30 minutes. As a result, four types of buffer layers 60 (first to fourth buffer layers 60) were formed.
 得られた第1~第4の緩衝層60それぞれに対して5mNの荷重でビッカース圧子を押し込み、上述のビッカース硬さおよび弾性変形量の割合を測定した。結果、第1の緩衝層60においては、ビッカース硬さが70であり、弾性変形量の割合が0.63であった。また第2の緩衝層60においては、ビッカース硬さが58であり、弾性変形量の割合が0.56であった。また第3の緩衝層60においては、ビッカース硬さが64であり、弾性変形量の割合が0.58であった。また第4の緩衝層60においては、ビッカース硬さが64であり、弾性変形量の割合が0.67であった。 A Vickers indenter was pushed into each of the obtained first to fourth buffer layers 60 with a load of 5 mN, and the above-mentioned Vickers hardness and elastic deformation ratio were measured. As a result, in the first buffer layer 60, the Vickers hardness was 70, and the ratio of the amount of elastic deformation was 0.63. In the second buffer layer 60, the Vickers hardness was 58, and the elastic deformation ratio was 0.56. Further, in the third buffer layer 60, the Vickers hardness was 64, and the ratio of the amount of elastic deformation was 0.58. Moreover, in the 4th buffer layer 60, the Vickers hardness was 64 and the ratio of the amount of elastic deformation was 0.67.
 次に、第1~第4の緩衝層60それぞれの上に、低屈折率層31用の材料を含む塗布液を塗布した。その後、減圧乾燥を施し、次に、低圧水銀ランプを用いて露光量600mJで塗布液を露光した。これによって、各緩衝層60上に、低屈折率層31からなる反射防止膜30が形成された。 Next, a coating liquid containing a material for the low refractive index layer 31 was applied on each of the first to fourth buffer layers 60. Thereafter, vacuum drying was performed, and then the coating solution was exposed with an exposure amount of 600 mJ using a low-pressure mercury lamp. As a result, the antireflection film 30 composed of the low refractive index layer 31 was formed on each buffer layer 60.
 得られた4種類の反射防止膜30(第1~第4の反射防止膜30)に対して、耐擦傷性の試験を行った。具体的には、100gの荷重をかけたスチールウール(No.0000)を、各反射防止膜30上で掃引させた(往復10回、ストローク100mm)。その後、各反射防止膜30に擦傷痕が視認されるか否かについて目視で確認した。結果、擦傷痕は視認されなかった。 The four types of antireflection films 30 (first to fourth antireflection films 30) thus obtained were tested for scratch resistance. Specifically, steel wool (No. 0000) loaded with 100 g was swept on each antireflection film 30 (10 reciprocations, 100 mm stroke). Thereafter, whether or not scratch marks were visually recognized on each antireflection film 30 was visually confirmed. As a result, scratch marks were not visually recognized.
 (比較例)
 はじめに透明基板20を準備した。次に、低屈折率層31用の材料を含む塗布液を透明基板20上に塗布した。その後、減圧乾燥を施し、次に、低圧水銀ランプを用いて露光量600mJで塗布液を露光した。これによって、透明基板20上に、低屈折率層31からなる反射防止膜30が形成された。
(Comparative example)
First, a transparent substrate 20 was prepared. Next, a coating liquid containing a material for the low refractive index layer 31 was applied on the transparent substrate 20. Thereafter, vacuum drying was performed, and then the coating solution was exposed with an exposure amount of 600 mJ using a low-pressure mercury lamp. As a result, the antireflection film 30 composed of the low refractive index layer 31 was formed on the transparent substrate 20.
 得られた反射防止膜30に対して、上述の実施例の場合と同様にして、耐擦傷性の試験を行った。結果、擦傷痕が視認された。比較例においては、反射防止膜30と透明基板20との間に緩衝層60が設けられていないため、反射防止膜30に印加される応力を緩和することができなかったと考えられる。 The resulting antireflection film 30 was subjected to a scratch resistance test in the same manner as in the above-described example. As a result, scratch marks were visually recognized. In the comparative example, since the buffer layer 60 is not provided between the antireflection film 30 and the transparent substrate 20, it is considered that the stress applied to the antireflection film 30 could not be relieved.
 (追加実施例)
 図53に示すように、No.1~13の13種類の表示用前面板40をさらに準備し、各表示用前面板40の反射防止膜30に対して耐擦傷性の試験を行った結果について説明する。
(Additional examples)
As shown in FIG. The results of further preparing 13 types of display front plates 40 of 1 to 13 and conducting a scratch resistance test on the antireflection film 30 of each display front plate 40 will be described.
 はじめに、その光屈折率が1.51であるガラスからなる透明基板20を準備した。次に、緩衝層60用の材料として、透明基板20の光屈折率との差の絶対値が0.03以下になっている材料を準備した。例えば、その光屈折率が1.52~1.53である材料を準備した。次に、緩衝層60用の材料を含む塗布液を作製し、その後、塗布液を透明基板20上に塗布した。これによって、透明基板20上に直接的に緩衝層60が設けられた。No.1~13の各表示用前面板40における、緩衝層60の厚みと、緩衝層60に対して5mNの荷重でビッカース圧子を押し込んだ際のビッカース硬さと、その際の緩衝層60の総変形量に対する緩衝層60の弾性変形量の割合と、が図53に示されている。 First, a transparent substrate 20 made of glass having an optical refractive index of 1.51 was prepared. Next, a material in which the absolute value of the difference from the optical refractive index of the transparent substrate 20 was 0.03 or less was prepared as a material for the buffer layer 60. For example, a material having an optical refractive index of 1.52 to 1.53 was prepared. Next, a coating liquid containing a material for the buffer layer 60 was prepared, and then the coating liquid was applied on the transparent substrate 20. As a result, the buffer layer 60 was provided directly on the transparent substrate 20. No. In each of the display front plates 40 of 1 to 13, the thickness of the buffer layer 60, the Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer 60 with a load of 5 mN, and the total deformation amount of the buffer layer 60 at that time The ratio of the amount of elastic deformation of the buffer layer 60 with respect to is shown in FIG.
 次に、緩衝層60上に、低屈折率層31用の材料を含む塗布液を塗布した。これによって、緩衝層60に直接的に低屈折率層31が設けられた。低屈折率層31としては、図6に示す上述の第2の実施の形態の場合と同様に、バインダー樹脂部31aと、バインダー樹脂部31a内に分散された複数の中空フィラー31bとを含む低屈折率層31を採用した。バインダー樹脂部31aと中空フィラー31bとを含む低屈折率層31全体としての光屈折率は、1.33~1.34の範囲内となっていた。No.1~13の各表示用前面板40における低屈折率層31の厚みが、図53に示されている。 Next, a coating solution containing a material for the low refractive index layer 31 was applied on the buffer layer 60. As a result, the low refractive index layer 31 was provided directly on the buffer layer 60. As in the case of the above-described second embodiment shown in FIG. 6, the low refractive index layer 31 is a low refractive index layer including a binder resin portion 31a and a plurality of hollow fillers 31b dispersed in the binder resin portion 31a. A refractive index layer 31 was employed. The light refractive index of the low refractive index layer 31 as a whole including the binder resin portion 31a and the hollow filler 31b was in the range of 1.33 to 1.34. No. The thickness of the low refractive index layer 31 in each of the display front plates 40 of 1 to 13 is shown in FIG.
 また比較のため、図53に示すように、No.14の表示用前面板として、緩衝層60を含まない表示用前面板を準備した。 For comparison, as shown in FIG. As the 14 display front plates, a display front plate not including the buffer layer 60 was prepared.
 No.1~14の表示用前面板の低屈折率層31に対して、耐擦傷性の試験を行った。具体的には、100gの荷重をかけたスチールウール(No.0000)を、各低屈折率層31上で掃引させた(往復10回、ストローク100mm)。掃引方向に平行する方向および掃引方向に直交する方向におけるスチールウールの寸法はそれぞれ10mmであった。その後、各低屈折率層31に擦傷痕が視認されるか否かについて目視で確認した。結果を図53に示す。なお図53に示す評価結果において、「S」は、擦傷痕が視認されなかったことを意味しており、「A」,「B」および「C」は、それぞれ1~10本、11~20本および21~30本の擦傷痕が視認されたことを意味している。また「D」は、31本以上の擦傷痕が視認されたが、低屈折率層31が剥がれてしまうことはなかったことを意味している。一方「NG」は、低屈折率層31が剥がれてしまったことを意味している。 No. A scratch resistance test was performed on the low refractive index layers 31 of the display front plates 1 to 14. Specifically, steel wool (No. 0000) loaded with 100 g was swept on each low refractive index layer 31 (10 reciprocations, 100 mm stroke). The dimension of the steel wool in the direction parallel to the sweep direction and in the direction perpendicular to the sweep direction was 10 mm. Thereafter, whether or not scratch marks were visually recognized in each low refractive index layer 31 was visually confirmed. The results are shown in FIG. In the evaluation results shown in FIG. 53, “S” means that no scratch mark was visually recognized, and “A”, “B”, and “C” were 1 to 10, 11 to 20, respectively. This means that 21 and 30 to 30 scratch marks were visually recognized. “D” means that 31 or more scratch marks were visually recognized, but the low refractive index layer 31 was not peeled off. On the other hand, “NG” means that the low refractive index layer 31 has been peeled off.
 No.1~13の表示用前面板40における評価結果と、No.14の表示用前面板における評価結果との比較から分かるように、低屈折率層31の光屈折率および厚みよりも大きな光屈折率および厚みを有する緩衝層60を透明基板20と低屈折率層31との間に設けることにより、低屈折率層31が剥がれてしまうことを防ぐことができた。さらに、No.1~4,6,8~13の表示用前面板40における評価結果と、No.5,7の表示用前面板40における評価結果との比較から分かるように、緩衝層60の厚みを0.5μm以上とし、かつ、低屈折率層31の厚みを120nm以下、例えば100nm以下とすることにより、形成される擦傷痕の本数を30本以下に抑制することができた。また、No.1~4,11~13の表示用前面板40における評価結果と、No.6,8~10の表示用前面板40における評価結果との比較から分かるように、低屈折率層31の厚みを90~120nmの範囲内とし、緩衝層60のビッカース硬さを50~100の範囲内とし、かつ、緩衝層60における総変形量に対する弾性変形量の割合を0.55以上とすることにより、形成される擦傷痕の本数を20本以下に抑制することができた。さらに、No.1~4,12の表示用前面板40における評価結果と、No.13,14の表示用前面板40における評価結果との比較から分かるように、緩衝層60の厚みを1μm以上とすることにより、形成される擦傷痕の本数を10本以下に抑制することができた。加えて、No.1,4の表示用前面板40における評価結果と、No.2,3,11の表示用前面板40における評価結果との比較から分かるように、緩衝層60のビッカース硬さを60~90の範囲内とし、かつ、緩衝層60における総変形量に対する弾性変形量の割合を0.60以上とすることにより、擦傷痕が全く形成されないようにすることができた。 No. The evaluation results of the display front plate 40 of Nos. 1 to 13, As can be seen from the comparison with the evaluation results of the display front plate 14, the buffer layer 60 having a light refractive index and thickness larger than the light refractive index and thickness of the low refractive index layer 31 is formed between the transparent substrate 20 and the low refractive index layer. It was possible to prevent the low refractive index layer 31 from being peeled off. Furthermore, no. Evaluation results for the display front plate 40 of Nos. 1 to 4, 6, and 8 to 13, As can be seen from the comparison with the evaluation results of the display front plates 40 of 5 and 7, the thickness of the buffer layer 60 is set to 0.5 μm or more, and the thickness of the low refractive index layer 31 is set to 120 nm or less, for example, 100 nm or less. As a result, the number of scratch marks formed can be suppressed to 30 or less. No. Evaluation results of the display front plate 40 of Nos. 1 to 4 and 11 to 13, As can be seen from the comparison with the evaluation results of the display front plate 40 of 6, 8 to 10, the thickness of the low refractive index layer 31 is in the range of 90 to 120 nm, and the Vickers hardness of the buffer layer 60 is 50 to 100. By setting the ratio of the elastic deformation amount to the total deformation amount in the buffer layer 60 within the range, and the ratio of the elastic deformation amount to 0.55 or more, the number of scratch marks formed can be suppressed to 20 or less. Furthermore, no. The evaluation results of the display front plate 40 of Nos. 1 to 4 and 12; As can be seen from the comparison with the evaluation results of the display front plate 40 of 13 and 14, the number of scratch marks formed can be suppressed to 10 or less by setting the thickness of the buffer layer 60 to 1 μm or more. It was. In addition, no. Nos. 1 and 4 and the evaluation results for the display front plate 40; As can be seen from the comparison with the evaluation results of the display front plate 40 of 2, 3 and 11, the Vickers hardness of the buffer layer 60 is in the range of 60 to 90, and the elastic deformation with respect to the total deformation amount in the buffer layer 60 By setting the ratio of the amount to 0.60 or more, no scratch marks could be formed.
 10 意匠層
 20 透明基板
 30 反射防止膜
 31 低屈折率層
 31a バインダー樹脂部
 31b 中空フィラー
 32 高屈折率層
 35 追加反射防止膜
 36 追加低屈折率層
 36A 追加低屈折率層
 37 追加高屈折率層
 40 表示用前面板
 40A タッチパネル機能付き表示用前面板
 41 凹部
 50 表示部
 60 緩衝層
 65 追加緩衝層
 70 表示装置
 80 押圧体
 90 表示用前面板
 91 破断部
 95 表示用前面板
 96 凹部
 97 緩衝層
 100 接着層
 101 接着層
 105 保護層
 110 タッチパネルセンサ
 111 x透明導電パターン
 111a x電極単位
 111b x接続部
 112 y透明導電パターン
 112a x電極単位
 112b x接続部
 113 取出配線
 114 取出配線
 115 端子部
 116 タッチパネルセンサ用基板
 117 絶縁層
 119 保護層
 120 センサ部
 125 信号処理部
 151 表示ユニット
 152 液晶ユニット
 154 観察者側偏光板
 155 LCDパネル
 155A タッチパネル機能付きLCDパネル
 156 光源側偏光板
 157 光学補償フィルム
 158 バックライトユニット
 163 発光層
 164 反射電極層
 200 カラーフィルタ
 200A タッチパネルセンサ一体型カラーフィルタ
 201 カラーフィルタ用基板
 202 ブラックマトリクス層
 203 着色層
 210 TFT基板
 215 液晶層
 220 中間製品
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 Design layer 20 Transparent substrate 30 Antireflection film 31 Low refractive index layer 31a Binder resin part 31b Hollow filler 32 High refractive index layer 35 Additional antireflection film 36 Additional low refractive index layer 36A Additional low refractive index layer 37 Additional high refractive index layer 40 Display Front Plate 40A Display Front Plate with Touch Panel Function 41 Recess 50 Display Unit 60 Buffer Layer 65 Additional Buffer Layer 70 Display Device 80 Pressing Body 90 Display Front Plate 91 Breaking Section 95 Display Front Plate 96 Concave 97 Buffer Layer 100 Adhesive layer 101 Adhesive layer 105 Protective layer 110 Touch panel sensor 111 x transparent conductive pattern 111a x electrode unit 111b x connecting part 112 y transparent conductive pattern 112a x electrode unit 112b x connecting part 113 outgoing wiring 114 outgoing wiring 115 terminal part 116 for touch panel sensor Substrate 117 Insulating layer DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 19 Protective layer 120 Sensor part 125 Signal processing part 151 Display unit 152 Liquid crystal unit 154 Observer side polarizing plate 155 LCD panel 155A LCD panel with a touch panel function 156 Light source side polarizing plate 157 Optical compensation film 158 Backlight unit 163 Light emitting layer 164 Reflecting electrode Layer 200 Color filter 200A Touch panel sensor integrated color filter 201 Color filter substrate 202 Black matrix layer 203 Colored layer 210 TFT substrate 215 Liquid crystal layer 220 Intermediate product

Claims (15)

  1.  表示部に対して観察者側に配置される表示用前面板において、
     少なくとも透明基板を含む支持部材と、
     前記支持部材の観察者側または表示部側に設けられた緩衝層と、
     前記緩衝層上に設けられた反射防止膜と、を備え、
     前記反射防止膜は、最外面に位置する低屈折率層を有し、
     前記低屈折率層の光屈折率は前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも小さくなっており、
     前記緩衝層の光屈折率は前記低屈折率層の光屈折率よりも大きくなっており、かつ、前記緩衝層の厚みは前記低屈折率層の厚みよりも大きくなっている
    ことを特徴とする表示用前面板。
    In the display front plate disposed on the viewer side with respect to the display unit
    A support member including at least a transparent substrate;
    A buffer layer provided on the observer side or the display unit side of the support member;
    An antireflection film provided on the buffer layer,
    The antireflection film has a low refractive index layer located on the outermost surface,
    The light refractive index of the low refractive index layer is smaller than the light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member,
    A light refractive index of the buffer layer is larger than a light refractive index of the low refractive index layer, and a thickness of the buffer layer is larger than a thickness of the low refractive index layer. Front plate for display.
  2.  前記低屈折率層の厚みは90~120nmの範囲内となっており、
     前記緩衝層の厚みは0.5μm以上となっており、
     前記緩衝層に対して5mNの荷重でビッカース圧子を押し込んだ際のビッカース硬さは50~100の範囲内であり、かつ、その際の前記緩衝層の総変形量に対する前記緩衝層の弾性変形量の割合は0.55以上であることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の表示用前面板。
    The thickness of the low refractive index layer is in the range of 90 to 120 nm,
    The buffer layer has a thickness of 0.5 μm or more,
    The Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer with a load of 5 mN is in the range of 50 to 100, and the elastic deformation amount of the buffer layer with respect to the total deformation amount of the buffer layer at that time The display front plate according to claim 1, wherein the ratio is 0.55 or more.
  3.  前記緩衝層に対して5mNの荷重でビッカース圧子を押し込んだ際のビッカース硬さは60~90の範囲内であり、かつ、その際の前記緩衝層の総変形量に対する前記緩衝層の弾性変形量の割合は0.60以上であることを特徴とする請求項2に記載の表示用前面板。 The Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed into the buffer layer with a load of 5 mN is in the range of 60 to 90, and the elastic deformation amount of the buffer layer with respect to the total deformation amount of the buffer layer at that time The display front plate according to claim 2, wherein the ratio of is not less than 0.60.
  4.  前記緩衝層は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板の観察者側に直接的に設けられていることを特徴とする請求項1乃至3のいずれかに記載の表示用前面板。 The display front plate according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the buffer layer is provided directly on an observer side of the transparent substrate of the support member.
  5.  前記反射防止膜は、前記低屈折率層の表示部側に設けられた高屈折率層をさらに有し、
     前記高屈折率層の光屈折率は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも大きくなっていることを特徴とする請求項4に記載の表示用前面板。
    The antireflection film further includes a high refractive index layer provided on the display unit side of the low refractive index layer,
    The display front plate according to claim 4, wherein a light refractive index of the high refractive index layer is larger than a light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member.
  6.  前記緩衝層の光屈折率と前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率との差の絶対値が0.03以下になっていることを特徴とする請求項4または5に記載の表示用前面板。 6. The display before display according to claim 4, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a light refractive index of the buffer layer and a light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member is 0.03 or less. Face plate.
  7.  前記支持部材の表示部側に設けられた追加緩衝層と、
     前記追加緩衝層の表示部側に設けられた追加反射防止膜と、をさらに備え、
     前記追加反射防止膜は、表示部側の最外面に位置する追加低屈折率層を有し、
     前記追加低屈折率層の光屈折率は前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも小さく、かつ、前記追加低屈折率層の厚みは90~120nmの範囲内となっており、
     前記追加緩衝層の厚みは0.5μm以上となっており、
     前記追加緩衝層に対して5mNの荷重でビッカース圧子を押し込んだ際のビッカース硬さは50~100の範囲内であり、かつ、その際の前記追加緩衝層の総変形量に対する前記追加緩衝層の弾性変形量の割合は0.55以上であることを特徴とする請求項4乃至6のいずれかに記載の表示用前面板。
    An additional buffer layer provided on the display portion side of the support member;
    An additional antireflection film provided on the display portion side of the additional buffer layer, and
    The additional antireflection film has an additional low refractive index layer located on the outermost surface on the display unit side,
    The optical refractive index of the additional low refractive index layer is smaller than the optical refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member, and the thickness of the additional low refractive index layer is in the range of 90 to 120 nm,
    The additional buffer layer has a thickness of 0.5 μm or more,
    The Vickers hardness when the Vickers indenter is pushed into the additional buffer layer with a load of 5 mN is within a range of 50 to 100, and the additional buffer layer has a total deformation amount with respect to the total deformation amount of the additional buffer layer. The display front plate according to claim 4, wherein a ratio of the elastic deformation amount is 0.55 or more.
  8.  前記前記支持部材の表示部側に設けられた追加反射防止膜をさらに備え、
     前記追加反射防止膜は、表示部側の最外面に位置する追加低屈折率層を有し、
     前記追加低屈折率層の光屈折率は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも小さく、かつ前記反射防止膜の前記低屈折率層の光屈折率よりも大きくなっており、
     前記追加低屈折率層の厚みは90~120nmの範囲内となっていることを特徴とする請求項4乃至6のいずれかに記載の表示用前面板。
    An additional antireflection film provided on the display side of the support member;
    The additional antireflection film has an additional low refractive index layer located on the outermost surface on the display unit side,
    The optical refractive index of the additional low refractive index layer is smaller than the optical refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member and larger than the optical refractive index of the low refractive index layer of the antireflection film,
    7. The display front plate according to claim 4, wherein the additional low refractive index layer has a thickness in a range of 90 to 120 nm.
  9.  前記追加反射防止膜は、前記追加低屈折率層の観察者側に設けられた追加高屈折率層をさらに有し、
     前記追加高屈折率層の光屈折率は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも大きくなっていることを特徴とする請求項7または8に記載の表示用前面板。
    The additional antireflection film further includes an additional high refractive index layer provided on the observer side of the additional low refractive index layer,
    The display front plate according to claim 7 or 8, wherein a light refractive index of the additional high refractive index layer is larger than a light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member.
  10.  前記緩衝層は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板の表示部側に直接的に設けられていることを特徴とする請求項1乃至3のいずれかに記載の表示用前面板。 4. The display front plate according to claim 1, wherein the buffer layer is provided directly on the display portion side of the transparent substrate of the support member.
  11.  前記反射防止膜は、前記低屈折率層の観察者側に設けられた高屈折率層をさらに有し、
     前記高屈折率層の光屈折率は、前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも大きくなっていることを特徴とする請求項10に記載の表示用前面板。
    The antireflection film further has a high refractive index layer provided on the observer side of the low refractive index layer,
    The display front plate according to claim 10, wherein a light refractive index of the high refractive index layer is larger than a light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member.
  12.  前記緩衝層の光屈折率と前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率との差の絶対値が0.03以下になっていることを特徴とする請求項10または11に記載の表示用前面板。 The display device according to claim 10 or 11, wherein an absolute value of a difference between a light refractive index of the buffer layer and a light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member is 0.03 or less. Face plate.
  13.  センサ部を含むタッチパネルセンサをさらに備えたことを特徴とする請求項1乃至12のいずれかに記載の表示用前面板。 The display front plate according to claim 1, further comprising a touch panel sensor including a sensor unit.
  14.  前記センサ部が前記支持部材の前記透明基板の観察者側の面上または表示部側の面上に形成されていることを特徴とする請求項13に記載の表示用前面板。 The display front plate according to claim 13, wherein the sensor unit is formed on a surface of the transparent member on an observer side or a surface on a display unit side of the support member.
  15.  映像を表示するための光を観察者側に放射する表示部と、
     前記表示部に対して観察者側に配置された表示用前面板と、を備え、
     前記表示用前面板は、
     少なくとも透明基板を含む支持部材の観察者側または表示部側に設けられた緩衝層と、
     前記緩衝層上に設けられた反射防止膜と、を備え、
     前記反射防止膜は、最外面に位置する低屈折率層を有し、
     前記低屈折率層の光屈折率は前記支持部材の前記透明基板の光屈折率よりも小さくなっており、
     前記緩衝層の光屈折率は前記低屈折率層の光屈折率よりも大きくなっており、かつ、前記緩衝層の厚みは前記低屈折率層の厚みよりも大きくなっている
    ことを特徴とする表示装置。
    A display unit that emits light for displaying images to the viewer side;
    A display front plate disposed on the viewer side with respect to the display unit,
    The display front plate is
    A buffer layer provided on the observer side or the display unit side of the support member including at least the transparent substrate;
    An antireflection film provided on the buffer layer,
    The antireflection film has a low refractive index layer located on the outermost surface,
    The light refractive index of the low refractive index layer is smaller than the light refractive index of the transparent substrate of the support member,
    A light refractive index of the buffer layer is larger than a light refractive index of the low refractive index layer, and a thickness of the buffer layer is larger than a thickness of the low refractive index layer. Display device.
PCT/JP2011/079095 2010-12-16 2011-12-15 Front panel for display purposes, and display device WO2012081679A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2010280355 2010-12-16
JP2010-280355 2010-12-16
JP2011-040625 2011-02-25
JP2011040625 2011-02-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2012081679A1 true WO2012081679A1 (en) 2012-06-21

Family

ID=46244773

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2011/079095 WO2012081679A1 (en) 2010-12-16 2011-12-15 Front panel for display purposes, and display device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6234658B2 (en)
TW (1) TW201243443A (en)
WO (1) WO2012081679A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5592515B2 (en) * 2013-02-07 2014-09-17 東邦化成株式会社 Fluororesin coating structure and manufacturing method thereof
JP5964273B2 (en) 2013-05-27 2016-08-03 日東電工株式会社 Touch panel sensor
JP6337454B2 (en) * 2013-12-12 2018-06-06 大日本印刷株式会社 Front plate for display device and manufacturing method thereof
JP2015169765A (en) * 2014-03-06 2015-09-28 大日本印刷株式会社 Front plate for display device and manufacturing method of the same
JP6421503B2 (en) * 2014-09-02 2018-11-14 富士通株式会社 Electronics
TWI622910B (en) * 2016-08-17 2018-05-01 財團法人工業技術研究院 Touch panel
JP2019012216A (en) * 2017-06-30 2019-01-24 コネクテックジャパン株式会社 Display device and manufacturing method thereof
JP2021154664A (en) * 2020-03-30 2021-10-07 日東電工株式会社 Multilayer structure

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06270350A (en) * 1993-03-24 1994-09-27 Sekisui Jushi Co Ltd Surface-modified polycarbonate resin molded piece
JPH11300873A (en) * 1998-02-18 1999-11-02 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Hard-coat film
JP2005055899A (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-03-03 Merck Patent Gmbh Optical layer system having antireflection characteristic
JP2006058574A (en) * 2004-08-19 2006-03-02 Nitto Denko Corp Hard coat film
JP2006175808A (en) * 2004-12-24 2006-07-06 Mitsubishi Plastics Ind Ltd Laminate containing cushioning layer for optical use
JP2006293239A (en) * 2005-04-14 2006-10-26 Bridgestone Corp Optical filter, and display and plasma display panel equipped with same
JP2007156321A (en) * 2005-12-08 2007-06-21 Seiko Epson Corp Method for manufacturing optical multilayer filter
JP2010001431A (en) * 2008-06-23 2010-01-07 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Hard-coated film, method for producing the same, and antireflective film, polarizing plate and display device each using the same
JP2010107823A (en) * 2008-10-31 2010-05-13 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Hard coat film

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS6258201A (en) * 1985-09-09 1987-03-13 Mitsubishi Shindo Kk Antireflection filter
JP2000347003A (en) * 1999-06-02 2000-12-15 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Optical film
JP2002055204A (en) * 2000-08-11 2002-02-20 Catalysts & Chem Ind Co Ltd Substrate with antireflection film
JP2002060529A (en) * 2000-08-22 2002-02-26 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd High-adhesion hard coated film
JP2004158253A (en) * 2002-11-05 2004-06-03 Bridgestone Corp Transparent conductive film and touch panel
JP2007140448A (en) * 2005-10-18 2007-06-07 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive film, photosensitive resin composition and method for producing liquid crystal spacer
JP2007272151A (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Shock-resisting sheet for flat display, optical filter for plasma display, and plasma display panel
JP5131296B2 (en) * 2010-02-03 2013-01-30 大日本印刷株式会社 Color filter substrate laminate and method of using color filter substrate

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH06270350A (en) * 1993-03-24 1994-09-27 Sekisui Jushi Co Ltd Surface-modified polycarbonate resin molded piece
JPH11300873A (en) * 1998-02-18 1999-11-02 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Hard-coat film
JP2005055899A (en) * 2003-08-01 2005-03-03 Merck Patent Gmbh Optical layer system having antireflection characteristic
JP2006058574A (en) * 2004-08-19 2006-03-02 Nitto Denko Corp Hard coat film
JP2006175808A (en) * 2004-12-24 2006-07-06 Mitsubishi Plastics Ind Ltd Laminate containing cushioning layer for optical use
JP2006293239A (en) * 2005-04-14 2006-10-26 Bridgestone Corp Optical filter, and display and plasma display panel equipped with same
JP2007156321A (en) * 2005-12-08 2007-06-21 Seiko Epson Corp Method for manufacturing optical multilayer filter
JP2010001431A (en) * 2008-06-23 2010-01-07 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Hard-coated film, method for producing the same, and antireflective film, polarizing plate and display device each using the same
JP2010107823A (en) * 2008-10-31 2010-05-13 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Hard coat film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6234658B2 (en) 2017-11-22
JP2012189986A (en) 2012-10-04
TW201243443A (en) 2012-11-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6234658B2 (en) Display front plate and display device
JP5846473B2 (en) Display front plate, display front plate manufacturing method, display device, and display device manufacturing method
JP5978561B2 (en) Display front plate, display front plate manufacturing method, display device, and display device manufacturing method
TWI589936B (en) Electronic devices with flexible glass polarizers
CN101057210B (en) Touch panel and method for manufacturing film material for touch panel
TWI376542B (en)
KR101629943B1 (en) Electronic board
WO2009116363A1 (en) Film for optical use, laminate, and touch panel
KR101215716B1 (en) Optical member for a touch panel, and method of manufacturing the same
CN108351722B (en) Thin film touch sensor
JP4500159B2 (en) Transparent conductive laminate and touch panel provided with the same
JP2018005853A (en) Writing sheet for touch panel pen, touch panel, display device, and selection method of writing sheet for touch panel pen
JP2015205784A (en) Cover glass with adhesive layer
JP6526380B2 (en) Display with touch panel
JP2013184396A (en) Protection structure for image display surface and portable terminal including the same
WO2017094784A1 (en) Writing sheet for touch panel pen, touch panel, touch panel system, display device, and sorting method for writing sheet for touch panel pen
JP5104431B2 (en) Optical member for touch panel and manufacturing method thereof
JP4666122B2 (en) Optical functional member integrated display device
JP4077678B2 (en) Touch panel device and liquid crystal display device
WO2003012620A1 (en) Touch panel unit and liquid crystal display unit
JP6772564B2 (en) Water contact angle control method of optical laminate, and optical laminate with protective film
KR20140070005A (en) Transparent conductive substrate and touch panel having the same
JP2011039597A (en) Touch panel display
US20210094266A1 (en) Hard coating film and window and image display device using same
JP2003114418A (en) Liquid crystal display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 11849461

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 11849461

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1